6421c vol ii system manual for mark vi
TRANSCRIPT
gGE Industrial Systems
GEH-6421C, Volume II(Supersedes GEH-6421B)
SPEEDTRONICTM
Mark VI Turbine ControlSystem Guide, Volume II (2 of 2)
Publication: GEH-6421C, Volume II(Supersedes GEH-6421B)
Issued: 2001-06-27
SPEEDTRONICTM
Mark VI Turbine ControlSystem Guide, Volume II (2 of 2)
����2001 by General Electric Company, U.S.A.All rights reserved.
Printed in the United States of America.
These instructions do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, or to providefor every possible contingency to be met during installation, operation, and maintenance. Iffurther information is desired or if particular problems arise that is not covered sufficientlyfor the purchaser�s purpose, the matter should be referred to GE Industrial Systems, Salem,VA.
This document contains proprietary information of General Electric Company, USA and isfurnished to its customer solely to assist that customer in the installation, testing, operationand/or maintenance of the equipment described. This document shall not be reproduced inwhole or in part nor shall its contents be disclosed to any third party without the writtenapproval of GE Industrial Systems.
ARCNET is a registered trademark of Datapoint Corporation.CIMPLICITY is a trademark of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.Ethernet is a trademark of Xerox Corporation.Genius is a registered trademark of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.IBM is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.Modbus is a registered trademark of Modicon.PC is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.PI-ProcessBook is a registered trademark of OSI Software Inc.PI-Data Archive and PI-DataLink are registered trademarks of OSI Software Inc.Proximitor, Velomitor, and KeyPhasor are registered trademarks of Bently Nevada.QNX is a registered trademark of QNX Software Systems, LTD.Series 90 is a trademark of GE Fanuc Automation North America, Inc.SPEEDTRONIC is a trademark of General Electric Company, USA.Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.Windows NT is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
We welcome comments and suggestions to make this publication more useful.
Your Name Today’s Date
Your Company’s Name and Address Job Site
GE Requisition No.
Publication No.Your Job Function / How You Use This Publication
Publication Issue/Revision Date
If needed, how can we contact you?
Fax No.
Phone No.
Address
General RatingExcellent Good Fair Poor Additional Comments
Contents � � � � _____________________________________________________________Organization � � � � _____________________________________________________________Technical Accuracy � � � � _____________________________________________________________Clarity � � � � _____________________________________________________________Completeness � � � � _____________________________________________________________Drawings / Figures � � � � _____________________________________________________________Tables � � � � _____________________________________________________________Referencing � � � � _____________________________________________________________Readability � � � � _____________________________________________________________
Specific Suggestions (Corrections, information that could be expanded on, and such.)
Page No. Comments______ ________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________
Other Comments (What you like, what could be added, how to improve, and such.) __________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Overall grade (Compared to publications from other manufacturers of similar products, how do you rate this publication?)
� Superior � Comparable � Inferior � Do not know Comment ____________________________________________
Detach and fax or mail to the address noted above.
gReader CommentsGeneral Electric Company
gReader CommentsGeneral Electric Company
gReader CommentsGeneral Electric Company
To:GE Industrial SystemsDocumentation Design, Rm. 2911501 Roanoke Blvd.Salem, VA 24153-6492 USAFax: 1-540-387-8651 (GE Internal DC 8-278-8651)
gReader CommentsGeneral Electric Company
.........................................................................Fold here and close with staple or tape ..........................................................................................
____________________________________________________________________________________
GE Industrial SystemsDocumentation Design, Rm. 2911501 Roanoke Blvd.Salem, VA 24153-6492 USA
...........................................................................................Fold here first.........................................................................................................
Placestamphere.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Safety Symbol Legend •••• a
Safety Symbol Legend
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if notstrictly observed, could result in personal injury or death.
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that, if notstrictly observed, could result in damage to or destruction ofequipment.
Indicates a procedure, condition, or statement that shouldbe strictly followed in order to optimize these applications.
Note Indicates an essential or important procedure, condition, or statement.
b •••• Safety Symbol Legend Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
This equipment contains a potential hazard of electric shockor burn. Only personnel who are adequately trained andthoroughly familiar with the equipment and the instructionsshould install, operate, or maintain this equipment.
To minimize hazard of electrical shock or burn, approvedgrounding practices and procedures must be strictlyfollowed.
To prevent personal injury or equipment damage caused byequipment malfunction, only adequately trained personnelshould modify any programmable machine.
The example and setup screens in this manual do not reflectthe actual application configurations. Be sure to follow thecorrect setup procedures for your application.
Note Component and equipment reliabilities have improved dramatically over thepast several years. However, component and equipment failures can still occur.Electrical and environmental conditions beyond the scope of the original design canbe contributing factors.
Since failure modes cannot always be predicted or may depend on the applicationand the environment, best practices should be followed when dealing with I/O that iscritical to process operation or personnel safety. Make sure that potential I/O failuresare considered and appropriate lockouts or permissives are incorporated into theapplication. This is especially true when dealing with processes that require humaninteraction.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Safety Symbol Legend •••• c
IEC 417, No. 5031
IEC 417, No. 5032
IEC 417, No. 5033
IEC 617-2,No. 02-02-06
IEC 417, No. 5017
IEC 417, No. 5019
IEC 417, No. 5020
Publication Description
Direct Current
Alternating Current
Both direct and alternating
Three-phase alternating
Earth (CCOM signal ground) Terminal
Protective Conductor Terminal(Chassis Safety Ground)
Frame or Chassis Terminal
Caution, risk of electric shock
Caution
Symbol
Safety Symbol Legend
3
IEC 417, No. 5021
IEC 417, No. 5007
IEC 417, No. 5008
IEC 417, No. 5172
Equipotentiality
On (Supply)
Off (Supply)
Equipment protected throughoutDouble Insulation or ReinforcedInsulation (equivalent to Class II of536)
ISO 3864, No. B.3.6
ISO 3864, No. B.3.1
PE Protective Conductor Terminal(Chassis Safety Ground)
d •••• Safety Symbol Legend Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Drawing Symbols
R Remotely Mounted
Mounted on Door 1, 2, and so on
Mounted in Main Operator Station
Locations
Delta
Bus Aux Compt DeviceGenerator Compt Device
PEECC MCC
Load Commutated Inverter
Isolation Transformer
1. For wire runs internal to the controller, twisted pairs are adequate.
2. For wire runs external to the controller (and internal to the controller when longer than 20 feet), shielded twisted pair is required.
3. All shield drain wires should be terminated on one end only, that end being the shield ground points immediately adjacent to the termination boards. The other end should be cut off and the wire taped to prevent grounding.
4. None of the shield drain wires should ever be routed through any controller terminal board-mounted ferrite cores.
DevicesJ1
Cable Plug Connector
Jumper
Relay Coil
Solenoid Coil
Flame Detector
Conventions
Case Ground
Ground Bus
Signal Ground
Contact Actually Shown Elsewhere
Customer Connection
Turbine Control Generator Excitation Compartment
Generator Control Panel ISO
EX EX2000 Exciter LCI
E Equipment Exists in place SS Static Starter
OS
P Panel Mounted Packaged Electrical Cont. CTR (PEEC)
1 2 G Generator Terminal Enclosure
D Door Mounted
O Supplied by Others Purchaser's Equipment
Shielded Pair Wire
P
Low Level Signal WiringPractices Required
Wye
Low Level Wiring
Power Wiring
H High Level Wiring
L
Twisted Pair Wire
Twisted Shielded Pair Wire
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Contents •••• i
Contents
Chapter 9 I/O Board DescriptionsIntroduction.............................................................................................................. 9-1Controller ................................................................................................................. 9-2
Operation .......................................................................................................... 9-2UCVE Controller .............................................................................................. 9-2UCVD Controller.............................................................................................. 9-6UCVB Controller.............................................................................................. 9-8Configuration Overview ................................................................................. 9-10Diagnostics ..................................................................................................... 9-10Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-10
VCMI - Bus Master Controller .............................................................................. 9-11Features........................................................................................................... 9-13
VDSK - Interface Board ........................................................................................ 9-19Operation ........................................................................................................ 9-19
Board Summary ..................................................................................................... 9-20Simplex DIN-Rail Mounted Terminal Board Summary ........................................ 9-22
Grounding....................................................................................................... 9-24VTCC/TBTCH1C (Simplex) - Thermocouple Inputs............................................ 9-25
Operation ........................................................................................................ 9-25Features........................................................................................................... 9-27Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-30
VTCC/TBTCH1B (TMR) - Thermocouple Inputs ................................................ 9-32Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-33
DTTC - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Thermocouple Terminal Board .................... 9-34DTTC Board Installation ................................................................................ 9-35
VRTD/TRTDH1C (Simplex) - RTD Inputs .......................................................... 9-36Operation ........................................................................................................ 9-37Features........................................................................................................... 9-38Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-41
VRTD/TRTDH1B (TMR) - RTD Inputs ............................................................... 9-43Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-44
DRTD - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted RTD Terminal Board................................... 9-45Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-46
VAIC/TBAI - Analog Inputs ................................................................................. 9-47Operation ........................................................................................................ 9-48Features........................................................................................................... 9-50Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-54
DTAI - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Analog Input Terminal Board....................... 9-56Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-57
VAOC/TBAO - Analog Outputs............................................................................ 9-58Operation ........................................................................................................ 9-59Features........................................................................................................... 9-61Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-62
DTAO - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Analog Output Terminal Board................... 9-64
ii •••• Contents Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-65VCCC/TBCI - Contact Inputs................................................................................ 9-66
Operation ........................................................................................................ 9-68Features........................................................................................................... 9-70Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-71
VCCC/TICI - Isolated Digital Inputs..................................................................... 9-73Features........................................................................................................... 9-73
DTCI - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Contact Input Terminal Board ...................... 9-74Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-75
VCCC/TRLYH1B - Relay Outputs ....................................................................... 9-76Operation ........................................................................................................ 9-77Features........................................................................................................... 9-79Installation ...................................................................................................... 9-81
VCCC/TRLYH1C - Relay Outputs with Voltage Sensing .................................... 9-83Features........................................................................................................... 9-83Installation ...................................................................................................... 0-84
VCRC - Contact Input/Relay Output Board .......................................................... 9-86DRLYH1A and DRLYH1B - Simplex Wall MountedRelay Output Terminal Boards .............................................................................. 9-88VSVO/TSVO - Servo/LVDT................................................................................. 9-91
Operation ........................................................................................................ 9-92Features........................................................................................................... 9-96Installation .................................................................................................... 9-101
DSVO - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Servo Terminal Board ............................... 9-102Installation .................................................................................................... 9-106
VTUR/TTUR - Turbine Control .......................................................................... 9-108Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-109Features......................................................................................................... 9-111Automatic Synchronizing ............................................................................. 9-116Installation .................................................................................................... 9-118
VTUR/TRPG - Primary Trip ............................................................................... 9-120Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-121Features......................................................................................................... 9-122Installation .................................................................................................... 9-123
DTRT - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Trip Transition Board ................................ 9-125Installation .................................................................................................... 9-126
DTUR - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Pulse Rate Terminal Board........................ 9-127Installation .................................................................................................... 9-128
VVIB/TVIB - Vibration/Position......................................................................... 9-129Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-131Features......................................................................................................... 9-131Configuration................................................................................................ 9-133Installation .................................................................................................... 9-135
DVIB - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Vibration Terminal Board........................... 9-137Installation .................................................................................................... 9-138
VGEN/TGEN - Generator Board......................................................................... 9-139Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-139Features......................................................................................................... 9-141Installation .................................................................................................... 9-145
VPYR/TPYR - Pyrometer Board......................................................................... 9-147Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-148Features......................................................................................................... 9-149Installation .................................................................................................... 9-153
VSCA/DSCB - Serial Communications Board.................................................... 9-154Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-154Features......................................................................................................... 9-155
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Contents •••• iii
DSCB - DIN-rail Mounted Terminal Board ................................................. 9-157DPWA - DIN-rail Mounted Transducer ExcitationPower Distribution Terminal Board..................................................................... 9-160VPRO/TREG - Turbine Emergency Trip ............................................................ 9-162
Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-162Features......................................................................................................... 9-164Installation .................................................................................................... 9-166
VPRO/TPRO - Turbine Protection ...................................................................... 9-168Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-171Features......................................................................................................... 9-171Specification ................................................................................................. 9-172Configuration................................................................................................ 9-173Installation .................................................................................................... 9-178
VME Rack Power Supply.................................................................................... 9-180Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-180Specification ................................................................................................. 9-184Diagnostics ................................................................................................... 9-184Installation .................................................................................................... 9-185
TTPW - Power Conditioning Board .................................................................... 9-186Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-187Installation .................................................................................................... 9-188
PDM - Power Distribution Module...................................................................... 9-189Operation ...................................................................................................... 9-190PDM for Interface Cabinet ........................................................................... 9-190Diagnostic Monitoring.................................................................................. 9-192Control Cabinet PDM................................................................................... 9-192Interface Cabinet PDM Installation .............................................................. 9-194Fuses in Interface and Control Cabinet PDM ............................................... 9-195Ground Reference Jumper ............................................................................ 9-195
Low Voltage Power Supply ................................................................................. 9-196Specification ................................................................................................. 9-197
Glossary of Terms
Index
iv •••• Contents Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Notes
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-1
Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions
IntroductionThis chapter describes the Mark VI boards including the controller, VCMI, I/Oprocessor boards along with their associated terminal boards (standard and DIN-railmounted), and power supplies.
This information in GEH-6421C, Vol. II Chapter 9 is intended to be used inconjunction with GEH-6421C, Vol. I, that includes chapters 1 through 8.
The information in GEH-6421C, Vol. I is organized as follows:
Chapter 1 Overview. Outlines the Mark VI system and the chapters in the manual.
Chapter 2 System Architecture. Describes the main system components, thenetworks, and details of the TMR architecture.
Chapter 3 Networks. Discusses the data highways and other communicationnetworks, including the links to other control systems.
Chapter 4 Codes and Standards. Discusses the codes, standards, andenvironmental guidelines used for the design of all printed circuits,modules, cores, panels, and cabinet line-ups in the Mark VI.
Chapter 5 Installation. Provides instructions for system installation, wiring,grounding, checkout, and startup.
Chapter 6 Tools. Summarizes the toolbox, CIMPLICITY HMI, and the Historian.
Chapter 7 Applications. Covers several applications including protection logic,synchronization, and details of the servo regulators.
Chapter 8 Troubleshooting and Diagnostics. Describes how process anddiagnostic alarms are generated and displayed for the operator andservice engineer. It includes a listing of the board diagnostics, and anintroduction to system troubleshooting.
9-2 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
ControllerThe Mark VI UCVE controller is a 6U high, single or double slot, single boardcomputer (SBC) that operates the turbine application code. The controller mounts ina VME rack called the control module, and communicates with the turbine I/Oboards through the VME bus. The controller operating system is QNX, a real time,multitasking OS designed for high-speed, high reliability industrial applications.Three communication ports provide links to operator and engineering interfaces asfollows:• Ethernet connections to the UDH for communication with HMIs, and other
control equipment• RS-232C connection for setup using the COM1 port• RS-232C connection for communication with DCS systems using the COM2
port (such as Modbus slave)
Three controller versions are in use. The single slot UCVE is the current generationcontroller. The double slot UCVB and UCVD are no longer shipped with newsystems, but are still in use in older systems. The UCVE may be used to replacethese other controllers, but requires a backplane upgrade. If replacing a ICVB, anEthernet cabling upgrade is also required.
OperationThe controller is loaded with software specific to its application to Steam, Gas, andLand-Marine aeroderivative (LM), or Balance of Plant (BOP) products. It canexecute up to 100,000 rungs or blocks per second, assuming a typical collection ofaverage size blocks. Application software can be modified online without requiring arestart. An external clock interrupt permits the controller to synchronize to the clockon the VCMI communication board to within ± 100 microseconds.
External data is transferred to and from the Control Signal Database (CSDB) in thecontroller over the VME bus by the VCMI communication board. In a Simplexsystem, the data consists of the process inputs and outputs from the I/O boards. In aTMR system, the data consists of the voted inputs from the input boards, singularinputs from simplex boards, computed outputs to be voted by the output hardware,and the internal state values that must be exchanged between the controllers.
UCVE ControllerThe UCVE is available in two different forms, UCVEH2 and UCVEM01. TheUCVEH2 is the standard Mark VI controller (see Figure 9-1). It is a single-slot boardusing a 300 MHz Intel Celeron processor with 16 Mb of flash memory and 32 Mb ofDRAM. A single 10BaseT (RJ-45) Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH.
A separate subnet address allowsthe controller to uniquelyidentify an Ethernet port. ObtainIP subnet addresses from theEthernet network administrator.(eg. 192,168.1.0, 192.168.2.0)
The UCVEM01 has all of the features of the UCVEH2 with the addition of a second10BaseT Ethernet port for use on a separate IP logical subnet, as shown in Figure 9-2. Configuration of the second Ethernet port is performed through the toolbox.
The controller validates its toolbox configuration against the existing hardware eachtime the rack is powered up.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-3
x
Ethernet Port for Unit DataHighway Communication
COM1 RS-232C Port forInitial Controller Setup;COM2 RS-232C Port forSerial communication
Mark VI Controller UCVEH2
STATUS
LAN
RST
x
UCVE H2
Status LEDs
VMEbus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower Status
Monitor Port for GE use
Ethernet Status LEDs
Active
Link
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
Note: To connect thebatteries that enableNVRAM and CMOS, setjumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN")and jumper E10 to ("IN").
Also be aware that UCVEmodules may be shippedwith the batteries disabled.
M/K
PCMIP
MEZZANINE
COM1:2
SVGA
Figure 9-1. UCVEH2 Controller Front Panel
9-4 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
x
COM1 RS-232C Port forInitial Controller Setup;COM2 RS-232C Port forSerial communication
Mark VI Controller UCVEM01
STATUS
LAN
RST
x
UCVEM01
Status LEDs
VMEbus SYSFAILFlash ActivityPower Status
Monitor Port for GE use
Ethernet Status LEDs
Active
Link
Speed (Off =10 MB/sec)(On = 100 MB/sec)
Link / Active
Keyboard/mouse portfor GE use
M/K
PCMIP
MEZZANINE
COM1:2
SVGA
SPEED LINK/ ACT
Primary Ethernet Port forUnit Data HighwayCommunication (Toolbox)
Secondary Ethernet Port forExpansion IO Communication
Note: To connect thebatteries that enableNVRAM and CMOS, setjumper E8 to pins 7-8 ("IN")and jumper E10 to ("IN").
Also be aware that UCVEmodules may be shippedwith the batteries disabled.
Figure 9-2. UCVEM01 Controller Front Panel
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-5
UCVE Controller Specification
Table 9-1. UCVE Controller Specification
Item SpecificationMicroprocessor Intel Celeron 300 MHz
Memory 32 MB DRAM16 MB Compact Flash Module128 KB L2 cacheBattery-backed SRAM - 8K allocated as NVRAM for controller functions
Operating System QNX
LEDs LED indicators on the faceplate provide status information as follows:Left Indicator Power StatusCenter Indicator Flash ActivityRight Indicator VME bus SYSFAIL
Primary Ethernet StatusUpper LAN Indicator ActiveLower LAN Indicator Link
Secondary Ethernet Status (M01 version only)Left LAN Indicator SpeedRight LAN Indicator Link/Active
Programming Control block language with Analog and Discrete blocks; Boolean logicrepresented in relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include:• Boolean• 16-bit signed integer• 32-bit signed integer• 32-bit floating point• 64-bit long floating point
Primary Ethernet Interface Twisted pair 10Base-T, RJ-45 connector:• TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and
toolbox• Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol for communication with
CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs• Ethernet Modbus� protocol supported for communication
between controller and third party Distributed ControlSystem (DCS)
Secondary EthernetInterface (M01 version only)
Twisted pair 10Base-T, RJ-45 connector:• Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol
• Ethernet Modbus� protocol supported for communicationbetween controller and third party Distributed ControlSystem (DCS)
COM Ports Two Micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors:COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 Data bits, no parity,
1 stop bitCOM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
Power RequirementsUCVEH2
+5 V dc, 6 A typical, 8 A maximum+12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum−12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
Power RequirementsUCVEM01
+5 V dc, 6 A typical, 8.1 A maximum+12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum−12 V dc, 180 mA typical, 250 mA maximum
9-6 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
UCVD ControllerThe UCVD is a double-slot board using a 300 MHz AMD K6 processor with 8 Mbof flash memory and 16 Mb of DRAM. A single 10BaseT (RJ-45 connector)Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH. It includes several legacy interfacesthat are not used in the Mark VI configuration. (Refer to Figure 9-3.)
The UCVD contains a double column of 8 status LED�s. These LED�s aresequentially turned on in a rotating pattern when the controller is operatingnormally. When an error condition occurs the LED�s display a flashing error codethat identifies the problem. For more information refer to GEH-6410, InnovationSeries Controller System Manual.
HAR
D D
ISK
LPT1
x x
x x
RESET
ETH
ERN
ETM
ON
ITO
RC
OM
1
CO
M2
KEYB
OAR
DM
OU
SE
UCVD H2
GENIUS
H LSLOT1
ENET
BSLV
BMAS
SYS
ACTIVE
FLSHGENA
Status LEDs showing Runtime Error Codesresulting from Bootup, Configuration, orDownload Problems
Connector for hard disk, for GE use
Receptacle for Genius Cable Plug
Ethernet Port for Unit DataHighway Communication
Controller and CommunicationStatus LEDs
Monitor Port for GE UseOnly
COM1 RS-232C Port forInitial Controller Setup;
Special Ports for GE Use,Printer, Keyboard, andMouse
COM2 RS-232C Port forserial communications
Mark VI Controller UCVDH1, H2
ISBus Drive LAN � Not Used
Figure 9-3. UCVD Controller Front Panel
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-7
UCVD Controller Specifications
Table 9-2. UCVDH1 Controller Specification
Item SpecificationMicroprocessor AMD-K6 300 MHz
Memory 16 MB DRAM8 MB Flash Memory in UCVD256 KB of level 2 cache
Operating System QNX
LEDs LEDs on the faceplate provide status information as follows:ACTIVE Processor is activeSLOT 1 Controller configured as slot 1 controller in VME rackBMAS VME master access is occurringENET Ethernet activityBSLV VME slave access is occurringSTATUS Display rotating LED pattern when OK
Display flashing error code when faultedFLSH Writing to Flash memoryGENX Genius I/O is active
Programming Control block language with Analog and Discrete blocks; Boolean logicrepresented in relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include:• Boolean• 16-bit signed integer• 32-bit signed integer• 32-bit floating point• 64-bit floating point
Ethernet Interface Twisted pair 10Base-T, RJ-45 connector• TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and
toolbox• Serial Request Transfer Protocol (SRTP) interface between controller
and HMI• Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol for communication with
CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs• Ethernet Modbus� protocol supported for communication between
controller and third party Distributed Control System (DCS)
COM Ports Two Micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors:COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 Data bits, no parity,
1 stop bitCOM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
Genius Bus Interface Genius Bus controller integrated with the central processing unit
Power Requirements +5 V dc, 6 A+12 V dc, 200 mA−12 V dc, 200 mA
9-8 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
UCVB ControllerThe UCVB is a double-slot board using a 133 MHz Intel Pentium processor with 4Mb of flash memory and 16 Mb of DRAM. A single 10Base2 (BNC connector)Ethernet port provides connectivity to the UDH. It includes several legacy interfacesthat are not used in the Mark VI configuration.
The UCVB contains a double column of 8 status LED�s. These LED�s aresequentially turned on in a rotating pattern when the controller is operating normally.When an error condition occurs the LED�s display a flashing error code thatidentifies the problem. For more information refer to GEH-6410, Innovation SeriesController System Manual.
x x
x x
RESET
ETH
ERN
ETM
ON
ITO
RC
OM
1
CO
M2
HAR
D D
ISK
LPT1
DLA
N
KEYB
OAR
DM
OU
SE
UCVB G1
GENIUS
H LSLOT1
ENET
BSLV
BMAS
SYS
ACTIVE
FLSHGENA
1 0DLAN DROP
1
8
Status LEDs showing Runtime Error Codesresulting from Bootup, Configuration, orDownload Problems
Connector for hard disk, for GE use
DLAN Network Connection (Not Used)
Receptacle for Genius Cable Plug
Ethernet Port for Unit DataHighway Communication
Controller and CommunicationStatus LEDs
Monitor Port for GE UseOnly
COM1 RS-232C Port forInitial Controller Setup;
Special Ports for GE Use,Printer, Keyboard, andMouse
DLAN Network Drop NumberConfiguration Dip Switches (Not Used)
COM2 RS-232C Port forserial communications
Mark VI Controller UCVBG1
Figure 9-4. Mark VI UCVB Controller Front Panel
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-9
UCVB Controller Specifications
Table 9-3. UCVBG1 Controller Specification
Item SpecificationMicroprocessor Intel Pentium 133 MHz
Memory 16 MB DRAM4 MB Flash Memory in UCVB256 KB of level 2 cache
Operating System QNX
LEDs LEDs on the faceplate provide status information as follows:ACTIVE Processor is activeSLOT 1 Controller configured as slot 1 controller in VME rackBMAS VME master access is occurringENET Ethernet activityBSLV VME slave access is occurringSTATUS Display rotating LED pattern when OK
Display flashing error code when faultedFLSH Writing to Flash memoryGENX Genius I/O is active
Programming Control block language with Analog and Discrete blocks; Boolean logicrepresented in relay ladder diagram format. Supported data types include:• Boolean• 16-bit signed integer• 32-bit signed integer• 32-bit floating point• 64-bit long floating point
Ethernet Interface Thinwire 10Base-2, BNC connector:• TCP/IP protocol used for communication between controller and
toolbox• Serial Request Transfer Protocol (SRTP) interface between controller
and HMI• Ethernet Global Data (EGD) protocol for communication with
CIMPLICITY HMI, and Series 90-70 PLCs• Ethernet Modbus� protocol supported for communication
between controller and third party Distributed ControlSystem (DCS)
COM Ports Two Micro-miniature 9-pin D connectors:COM1 Reserved for diagnostics, 9600 baud, 8 Data bits, no parity,
1 stop bitCOM2 Used for serial Modbus communication, 9600 or 19200 baud
Genius Bus Interface Genius Bus controller integrated with the central processing unit
DLAN+ Interface Interface to DLAN+, a high speed multidrop network based on ARCNET,using a token passing, peer to peer protocol
Power Requirements +5 V dc, 5.64 A+12 V dc, 900 mA−12 V dc, 200 mA
9-10 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Configuration OverviewLike all the I/O boards, the controller is configured using the Control SystemToolbox. This software is summarized in GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide,Chapter 6 Tools. For details refer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox forConfiguring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
DiagnosticsIf a failure occurs in the Mark VI controller while it is running application code, therotating status LEDs (if supported) on the front panel stop and an internal fault codeis generated.
Additionally, if the controller detects certain system errors (typically during boot-upor download) it displays flashing error codes on the status LEDs. These codes arecalled runtime errors, and descriptions are available on the toolbox Help screen. Theerror numbers and descriptions are also available on the controller serial port(COM1). For further information, refer to GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI SystemGuide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics. Like the turbine I/O boards, thecontroller maintains an internal diagnostic queue that can be queried from thetoolbox.
InstallationA control module contains (at a minimum) the controller and a VCMI. There arethree rack types that can be used, the GE Fanuc PLC rack shown in Figure 9-5, andtwo sizes of Mark VI racks shown in the section, VCMI - Bus Master Controller. TheGE Fanuc rack is shorter and is used for stand-alone modules with remote I/O only.The Mark VI racks are longer and can be used for local or remote I/O. Whicheverrack is used, a cooling fan is mounted either above or below the controller. Thestand-alone control module implemented with a GE Fanuc PLC rack also requires aVDSK board.
x
Power Supply
VCMIH2 Communication Board withThree IONet Ports (VCMIH1 with OneIONet is for Simplex systems)
ControllerUCVX
Interface BoardVDSK
x x x
POWERSUPPLY
VME Rack
Cooling Fanbehind Panel
Fan 24 VdcPower
Figure 9-5. Typical Controller Mounted in Rack with Communication Board
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-11
VCMI - Bus Master ControllerThe bus master controller, known as the VCMI, is the communication interfacebetween the controller and the I/O boards, and the communication interface to thesystem control network, known as IONet. VCMI is also the VME bus master in thecontrol racks and I/O racks, and manages the IDs for all the boards in the rack andtheir associated terminal boards. In the case of TMR systems the three-networkversion (VCMIH2X) votes all incoming data from the I/O boards and passes theresults to the controller for processing. The two versions of VCMI boards are shownin Figure 9-6.
VCMI H2
x
CommunicationBoard - 3 IONets
x
SERIAL
VCMI H2
RUNFAILSTATUS
RESET
PARALLEL
8421
MODULE
TXRXCD
RST
TXRXCD
TXRXCD
IONet3 port10Base 2
IONet2 port10Base 2
IONet1 port10Base 2
VME Bus to I/OBoards and Controller
VCMI H1
x
CommunicationBoard - 1 IONet
x
SERIAL
RUNFAILSTATUS
RESET
PARALLEL
8421
MODULE
RST
TXRXCD
IONet port10Base 2
VCMI H1
VME Bus to I/OBoards and Controller
VCMI is OK
Error or Power up Failure
Pushbutton
IONet Node
Channel ID
Transmitting PacketsReceiving PacketsCollisions on IONet
Figure 9-6. VCMI Boards, Single Network and Triple Network Versions
9-12 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Figure 9-7 shows three Simplex system configurations with local and remote I/Ousing the VCMI. Multiple I/O racks can be connected to IONet, each rack with itsown VCMI board. To increase data throughput for applications requiring lowlatency, a second IONet port on the VCMI can be used as a parallel IONet as shownin the lower portion of the figure.
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
IONet
R
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
IONet
R R1
VCMI
R1
VCMI
R2
IONet
Simplex System withLocal I/O
UCVX is ControllerVCMI is Bus MasterI/O are VME Boards
Simplex System withLocal & Remote I/O
Simplex System withMultiple IONets &Remote I/O
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
Figure 9-7. Simplex System Configurations with Local and Remote I/O
Two sizes of TMR systems are shown in Figure 9-8. The first example is a smallsystem where all the I/O can be mounted in the VME control rack so no remote I/Oracks are required. Each channel (R, S, T) has its own IONet, and the VCMI hasthree IONet ports.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-13
The second example is a larger system employing remote I/O racks. Each IONetsupports multiple I/O racks, but only one rack is shown here. All I/O channels R, S,T, are identical in terms of I/O boards and points.
TMR System withLocal I/O
UCVX is ControllerVCMI is Bus MasterI/O are VME BoardsTermination Boardsnot shown
TMR System withRemote I/O,Termination Boardsnot shown
IONet SupportsMultiple RemoteI/O Racks
VCMI
R1
I/OBoards
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
IONet - RIONet - SIONet - T
R S T
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
VCMI
UCVX
IONet - RIONet - SIONet - T
R S T
VCMI
S1
I/OBoards
VCMI
T1
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
I/OBoards
Figure 9-8. TMR System Configurations with Local and Remote I/O
FeaturesThe VCMI architecture is based on the 32-bit Texas Instruments TMS320C32 digitalsignal processor (DSP). The main hardware features are:• Interface to VME bus• Three 10Base-2 Ethernet ports• One RS-232C serial port• One parallel port• Power system monitoring• Board and cable ID reading• Processor watchdog timer
9-14 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VME InterfaceThe VCMI is the VME system (slot 1) controller and the sole bus master in both thecontrol racks and the I/O racks. It inventories and initializes all the boards in its rack.
IONet - Communications InterfaceFast I/O communicationthrough the VCMI supportsrapid controller response
Communication between the control modules (control racks) and interface modules(I/O racks) is handled by the VCMIs. In the control module the VCMI operates asthe IONet master while in the interface module it operates as an IONet slave. VCMIestablishes the network ID, and displays the network ID, channel ID and status on itsfront panel.
Physically, IONet communication is 10Base-2 Ethernet using thin wire RG-58 coaxcable. The VCMI supports all three ports simultaneously.
The VCMI serves as the master frame counter for all nodes on the IONet. Executionframes are sequentially numbered and all nodes on IONet execute in the same frameThis ensures that selected data is transmitted and operated on correctly.
Input Data Collection - Simplex SystemsWhen used in an interface module, the VCMI collects input data from the I/O boardsand transmits it to the control module over IONet.
In the control module, as packets of input data are received from various racks on theIONet, the VCMI transfers them through the VME bus to the Mark VI controller forprocessing.
Input Data Collection and Voting - TMR SystemsFor a small TMR system, all the I/O may be handled in one (triplicated) module. Inthis case the VCMI transfers, over the VME bus, the input values from each of theI/O boards to the pre-vote table, and simultaneously transmits the data as an inputpacket on the IONet. When the input packets from the other two racks are received,they are also transferred to the pre-vote table. The input data is then voted and theresult is placed in a voted table and copied to the controller for processing. Analogdata (floating point) is voted by median select, while two-out-of-three votes logicaldata (bit values).
For a larger TMR system with remote I/O racks, the procedure is very similar exceptthat packets of input values may come into each master VCMI not only from I/Oboards in its own rack, but also from remote I/O racks in its channel through IONet.After all the input data for the channel is accumulated, it is placed in the pre-votetable and then sent to the other control modules over IONet. Once the input packetsfrom all three channels have been received by a master VCMI, volting occurs asdescribed above.
State Exchange and Voting - TMR SystemsA selected portion of the variables in a controller (for example, the internal statessuch as counter/timer values and sequence steps) must also be transferred across theIONet to be voted by the VCMIs and recopied to the controllers. This is known asthe state exchange. The synchronization of state variables ensures that no steps aregenerated in the outputs if one of the controllers fails, or is powered down and backup again.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-15
Output Data DistributionAfter application code execution, the VCMI reads the output values from thecontroller across the VME bus. All the output data from a control module VCMI isplaced in one packet. This packet is then broadcast on the IONet and received by allconnected interface and control modules. Each interface module VCMI extracts therequired information and distributes to its associated I/O boards.
Voter Disagreement DetectorThe master VCMIs generate diagnostics when local pre-volte data does not matchthe resulting voted data. The first pass through the pre-vote data determines thecontrol values to be used. On the second pass, the VCMI determines whether badvalues exist by comparing its set of local channel pre-vote values with the votedresult. If there is any disagreement then the local value has been outvoted andrepresents a bad value. For analog values, a dead band is defined to allow minorvariations in the pre-vote values without creating an alarm. For logic values, anydisagreement is considered bad. A time delay is required before generating an alarmto eliminate the problem of transients causing false alarms.
PerformanceThe Simplex frame rate can be as fast as 10 milliseconds allowing turbine control at100 Hz, while the TMR frame rate can be as fast as 20 ms for control at 50 Hz.
The control module is synchronized to the wall clock ensuring the sequence ofevents (SOE) times are within 1 ms of the actual event times.
Board IDs and AddressesEach terminal board has an ID chip for each cable connector that is read serially intothe I/O board. Each I/O board in the VME rack, plus the VCMI, also has its own IDchip which is read by the VCMI, so the VCMI can acquire the identity of all theboards and associated terminal boards in its rack. In addition, there is an eight-bitconfiguration switch on the backplane tied to slot 1 of the VME rack. This switchprovides the IONet address and R/S/T channel identity, and is read by the VCMI todetermine what channel it is on.
The VCMI in the control rack acquires packages of ID information from each I/Orack. These contain the catalog number, serial number, and revision of each board inthe module along with the slot number, and the identity of each terminal board withits slot P3/P4 location. This information is captured and stored in the controller.
Watchdog TimerThe watchdog timer protects against a processor stall condition. If a stall occurs thewatchdog times out after approximately 200 ms and resets the processor. It notifiesthe VME backplane that the processor has been reset, and shuts off IONetcommunication while stalled. The front panel reset button (if present) can be used toforce the timer to the stalled state from which it transitions to the operational state.On line testing of the watchdog function can be performed.
VCMI DiagnosticsThe internal 5V, 12V, 15V, and 28V power supply buses are monitored and alarmed.The alarm settings are configurable and usually set at 3.5%, except for the 28-Voltsupplies, which are set at 5.5%.
9-16 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Diagnostic signals from the Power Distribution Module, connected through J301, arealso monitored. These include ground fault and over/under voltage on the P125Vbus, two differential ±5Vdc analog inputs, P28A and PCOM for external monitorcircuits, and digital inputs.
Descriptions of the VCMI diagnostics are in GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI SystemGuide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
Specification
Table 9-4. VCMI Specification
Item Specification
Board Type 6U high VME board, 0.787 inch wide
Processor Texas Instruments TMS320C32 32-bit digital signal processor
Memory Dual-port memory, 32 Kbytes in 32 bit transfer configuration
SRAM, 64k x 32
Flash memory, 128k x 8
Communication H1 version: One IONet 10 Base-2 Ethernet Port, BNC connector, 10Mbits/sec
H2 version: Three IONet 10 Base-2 Ethernet Ports, BNC connectors, 10Mbits/sec
VME bus block transfers
1 RS-232C Serial Port, male "D" style connector, 9600, 19,200, or 38,400bits/sec
1 Parallel Port, eight bit bi-directional , EPP Version1.7 mode of IEEE1284-1994
Frame Rate 10 ms (100 Hz) for Simplex40 ms (25 Hz) for TMR
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, the VCMI is configured using the Control System Toolbox. Thissoftware usually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station orworkstation. Table 9-5 summarizes configuration choices and defaults. For detailsrefer to GEH-6403 Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Controller.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-17
Table 9-5. VCMI Toolbox Configuration (Part 1 of 2)
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Enable or disable All System Limits Enable, disable
PS_Limit1 ± Power Supply Limits for P5, P15, N15 in % 0 to 10
PS_Limit2 ± Power Supply Limits for P12, N12, P28, N28 inpercent
0 to 10
PwrBusLimits Enable or disable Power Bus Diagnostics Enable, disable
125 vBusHlim High Limit for 125 Volt DC Bus in Volts 0 to 150
125 vBusLlim Low Limit for 125 Volt DC Bus in Volts 0 to 150
125 vBusGlim Low Volts to Ground Limit for 125 Volt DC bus(diagnostic)
0 to 150
J3 Power Monitor PDM Monitor Connected, Not conn.
Logic_In_1 First of 12 logical inputs � Card Point Signal Point Edit (Input BIT)
Logic_In Configurable Item Used, Unused
P125_Grd P125 with respect to Grd � Card Point Signal Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Input Type Type of Analog Input Used, Unused
Low_Input Input Volts at Low Value −10 to +10
Low_Value Input Value in engineering units at Low MA −3.4082e+038 to3.4028e+038
High_Input Input Volts at High Value −10 to +10
High_Value Input Value in engineering units at High MA −3.4082e+038 to3.4028e+038
Input _Filter Bandwidth of input signal filter in Hz Unused, 0.75 Hz, 1.5 Hz,3 Hz,
TMR_DiffLimit Difference limit for Voted TMR inputs in % of high-low values
0 to 10
Sys Lim 1 Enabl Enable System Limit 1 Fault Check Enable, disable
Sys Lim 1 Latch Input fault latch Latch, unlatch
Sys Lim 1 Type Input fault type Greater than or equal
Less than or equal
Sys Lim 1 Input limit in Engineering Units -3.4082e+038 to3.4028e+038
Sys Lim 2 Same as above for Sys Lim 1 Same as for Sys Lim 1
N125 Gnd Same as for P125 Grd � Card Point Signal Same as for P125 Grd
Spare 01 Similar to P125 Grd � Card Point Signal Similar to P125 Grd
Spare 02 Similar to P125 Grd � Card Point Signal Similar to P125 Grd
9-18 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Table 9-5. VCMI Toolbox Configuration (Part 2 of 2)
Parameter Description Choices
Card Point Signal Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3Diag_VCMI1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3Diag_VCMI2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3Diag_VCMI3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
SysLimit1-1 P125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit1-2 N125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit1-3 Spare 01 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit1-4 Spare 02 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit1_125 P125 Bus Out of Limits (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit2-1 P125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit2-2 N125_Grd (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit2-3 Spare 01 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit2-4 Spare 02 (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
SysLimit2_125 P125 Bus Out of Limits (Input exceeds limit) Input BIT
P125Bus Calc 125 V dc Bus Voltage(P125Grd - N125Grd) Input FLOAT
ResetSYS System Limit Reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT
ResetDIA Diagnostic Reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT
ResetSuicide Suicide Reset (Special VCMI output to I/O bds) Output BIT
MasterReset Master Reset L86MR (Special VCMI out to I/O bds) Output BIT
Logic_In_1 Battery Bus Fault Input BIT
Logic_In_2 AC1 Source Fault Input BIT
Logic_In_3 AC2 Source Fault Input BIT
Logic_In_4 Misc Contact Input BIT
Logic_In_5 Fuse 31, J19 Fault Input BIT
Logic_In_6 Fuse 32, J20 Fault Input BIT
Logic_In_7 Fuse 29, J17 Fault Input BIT
Logic_In_8 Spare 01 Input BIT
Logic_In_9 Spare 02 Input BIT
Logic_In_10 Spare 03 Input BIT
Logic_In_11 Spare 04 Input BIT
Logic_In_12 Spare 05 Input BIT
P125_Grd P125 with respect to Grd, P3 � 28 to 29 Input FLOAT
N125_Grd N125 with respect to Grd, negative number, P3 � 26 to27
Input FLOAT
Spare01 Analog spare 01, P3 � 07 to 08 Input FLOAT
Spare02 Analog spare 02, P3 � 05 to 06 Input FLOAT
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-19
VDSK - Interface BoardThe VDSK interface board provides power subsystem monitoring to the VCMI.VDSK is mounted adjacent to the Mark VI controller in the standalone controllerrack as shown in Figure 9-9. It is not used in the other types of control racks.
Mark VIController
x x xVDSK
J4
J3
Cable to Power Sub-System
24 V dc Supply to CoolingFan below Rack
xxx VDSK Board
Figure 9-9. VDSK Board with Adjacent Controller
OperationVDSK supports three functions as follows:• Interconnects the PDM with the power subsystem monitoring functions of the
VCMI through the 96-pin P2 backplane connector and the 37-pin sub-miniatureD connector on the front panel. This connection is through a 64-pin ribbon cableconnected at the back of the VME backplane.
• Interconnects +12 V dc and �12 V dc from the 96-pin P1 backplane connector toa front panel mounted 2-pin connector to power the 4.3 watt 24 V dc VME rackmounted fan assembly. This is from the front panel J4 connector.
• Provides a board mounted 16-pin Ethernet ID connector, which interfaces to theVCMI board through the P2 backplane connector ribbon cable.
9-20 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Board SummaryListed in Table 9-6 are all the I/O processor boards, the number of I/O per processorthat they support, and their associated standard terminal boards. Some standardterminal boards have Simplex and TMR versions (in addition to Simplex DIN-railmounted ones). Refer to the section, Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Terminal BoardSummary for Simplex DIN-rail mounted terminal board information.
Table 9-6. I/O Processor Boards and Standard Terminal Boards
I/O ProcessorBoard
I/O Signal Type Number of I/Oper Processor
Associated TerminalBoards
VAIC Analog Inputs, 0−1 ma, 4−20 mA, voltageAnalog Outputs, 4−20 mA, 0−200 mA
204
TBAITBAI
VAOC Analog Outputs, 4−20 mA 16 TBAO
VCCC Contact InputsSolenoid OutputsDry Contact Relay Outputs
481212
TBCI, TICITRLYTRLY
VCRC Contact InputsSolenoid OutputsDry Contact Relays Outputs
481212
TBCITRLYTRLY
VGEN Analog Inputs, 4−20 mAPotential Transformers, Gen (1) Bus (1)Current Transformers on GeneratorRelay Outputs (optional)
42312
TGENTGENTGENTRLY
VPRO Pulse rate inputsPotential Transformers, Gen (1), Bus (1)Thermocouple InputsAnalog Inputs, 4−20 mATrip Solenoid DriversTrip Interlock InputsEmergency-Stop Input (Hardwired)Economizing RelaysTrip Solenoid Drivers
Emergency-Stop Input (Hardwired)
Economizing Relays
323337133
1
3
TPROTPROTPROTPROTREG (through J3)TREG (through J3)TREG (through J3)TREG (through J3)TREG (2nd board
through J4)TREG (2nd board
through J4)TREG (2nd board
through J4)
VPYR Pyrometer Temperature Inputs (4/probe)KeyPhasor Shaft Position Inputs
22
TPYRTPYR
VRTD Resistance Temperature Device RTD 16 TRTD
VSVO Servo Outputs to Hydraulic Servo ValveLVDT Inputs from Valve PositionLVDT Excitation OutputsPulse Rate Inputs for Flow MonitoringPulse Rate Probe Excitation
412822
TSVOTSVOTSVOTSVOTSVO
VTCC Thermocouple Inputs 24 TBTC
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-21
Table 9-6. I/O Processor Boards and Standard Terminal Boards Continued
I/O ProcessorBoard
I/O Signal Type Number of I/Oper Processor
Associated TerminalBoards
VTURH1B Pulse Rate Magnetic Speed PickupsPotential Transformers, Generator and BusShaft Current and Voltage MonitorBreaker InterfaceFlame Detectors (Geiger Mueller)Trip Solenoid Drivers for ETDs
422183
TTURTTURTTURTTURTRPG (through J4)TRPG (through J4)
VTURH2B Same as Above, Plus 3 Trip Solenoid Drivers TRPG (2nd board through J4A)
VVIB Shaft Proximitor/Seismic Probes(Vib/Displ/Accel)Shaft Proximity Probes (Displacement)Shaft Proximity Reference (KeyPhasor)
16
82
TVIB
TVIBTVIB
9-22 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Simplex DIN-Rail Mounted Terminal Board SummarySpeed control systems for small turbines require a simplified system architecture.Simplex control is used to reduce cost and save space. Compact DIN-rail mountedterminal boards are available instead of the larger T-type terminal boards used onTMR systems. IONet is not used since the D-type terminal boards cable directly intothe control chassis to interface with the I/O boards.
In the VME rack, a VCMI board provides two-way communication between thecontroller and the I/O processor boards. The controller Ethernet port is used tocommunicate with other system components, such as an operator interface or PLC.Additional PLC I/O can be tied into the system using the controller Genius port. Atypical system is illustrated in Figure 3-1. The system is powered by 24 V dc, anduses a low voltage version of the standard VME rack power supply.
The board designations and functions along with the corresponding I/O processorboards are listed in Table 9-7. In all cases, the signal conditioning on the DIN-typeterminal boards is the same as on the T-type boards, and the I/O specificationsdescribed apply. However, the number of inputs and outputs, and the groundingprovisions differ, and the boards do not support TMR. Permanently mounted high-density Euro Block terminal blocks are used to save space. The blocks haveterminals accepting wire sizes up to one #12 wire, or two #14 wires. The typical wiresize used is #18 AWG.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-23
x x x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
VTUR
VTCC
VTUR
VAIC
VAIC
VSVO
VSVO
VRTD
VCRC
SPARE
UCVB
VCMI
Ethernet
Serial ModbusCommunication
COM2
To Sequencer& OperatorInterface Power
Supply
Fan
DTRTTransit-ion Bd.
DTURTurbineControl
DRLYRelayOutput
DTAIAnalogInputs
DTTCThermo-couples
DTCIContactInputs
DRLYRelay
Outputs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
24 V dcpower
DRTDRTD
Inputs
DSVOServo
Outputs
DTURTurbineControl
DTTCThermo-couples
DTAIAnalogInputs
DTAIAnalogInputs
DTAIAnalogInputs
DTCIContactInputs
DRLYRelay
Outputs
DRTDRTD
Inputs
DSVOServo
Outputs
DSVOServo
Outputs
DSVOServo
Outputs
Figure 9-10. Small Simplex System Rack, Boards, and Cabling
9-24 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Table 9-7. Simplex DIN-Rail Mounted Terminal Boards
DIN Euro SizeTerminal board
Number ofPoints
Description of I/O I/O ProcessorBoard
DTTC 12 Thermocouple temperature inputs with one coldjunction reference
VTCC
DRTD 8 RTD temperature inputs VRTD
DTAI 10
2
Analog current or voltage inputs with on-board 24 V dcpower supplyAnalog current outputs, with choice of 20 mA or 200 mA
VAIC
DTAO 8 Analog current outputs, 0−20 mA VAOC
DTCI 24 Contact Inputs with external 24 V dc excitation VCRC (or VCCC)
DRLY 12 Form-C relay outputs, dry contacts, customer powered VCRC (or VCCC)
DTRT -------- Transition board between VTUR and DRLY for solenoidtrip functions
VTUR
DTUR 4 Magnetic (passive) pulse rate pickups for speed andfuel flow measurement
VTUR
DSVO 2
6
2
Servovalve outputs with choice of coil currents from 10mA to 120 mALVDT valve position sensors with on-board excitationActive pulse rate probes for flow measurement, with 24V dc excitation provided
VSVO
DVIB 841
Shaft Proximitor/Seismic Probes (Vib/Displ/Accel)Shaft Proximity Probes (Displacement)Shaft Proximity Reference (KeyPhasor)
VVIB
GroundingDuring panel design, provisions for grounding the terminal board and wiring shieldsmust be made. These connections should be as short as possible. A metal groundingstrip can be firmly mounted to the panel on the right hand side of the terminal board.Shields and the SCOM connection can be conveniently made to this strip. Note thatonly the thermocouple board has screws for the shield wires.
The VME rack is grounded to the mounting panel by the metal-to-metal contactunder the mounting screws. No wiring to the ground terminal is required. Theindividual terminal boards are described in the following sections.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-25
VTCC/TBTCH1C (Simplex) - Thermocouple InputsThe thermocouple processor board VTCC accepts 24 type E, J, K, S (see note), or Tthermocouple inputs. These inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on theterminal board TBTC. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board to theVME rack where the VTCC thermocouple board is located, as shown in Figure 9-11.Input data is transferred over the VME backplane from VTCC to the VCMI and thento the controller.
24681012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
xx
x
JA1
JB1
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VTCC
J3
J4
VME Bus to VCMICommunication Board
TBTC, capacity for24 thermocouple inputs
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMERack
Connectors onVME Rack
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance
Shield BarGround
TBTC Terminal Board VTCC VME Board
TCInputs
TCInputs
Figure 9-11. Thermocouple Input Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling
OperationThe 24 thermocouple inputs can be grounded or ungrounded. They can be located upto 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control cabinet with a maximum two-waycable resistance of 450 ohms. High frequency noise suppression and two coldjunction reference devices are mounted on TBTC as shown in Figure 9-12.
9-26 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Linearization for individual thermocouple types is performed in software by VTCC.A thermocouple, which is determined to be out of the hardware limits, is removedfrom the scanned inputs in order to prevent adverse affects on other input channels.If both cold junction devices are within the configurable limits, then the average ofthe two is used for cold junction compensation. If only one cold junction device iswithin the configurable limits, then that cold junction is used for compensation. Ifneither cold junction device is within the configurable limits, then a default value isused.
Note VTCC boards manufactured after approximately 07/01 (software versionVTCC-100100C and higher) have additional thermocouple and cold junction (CJ)features. The new design boards permit the use of S-type thermocouples, in additionto all previous types. They also provide for a remote CJ compensation feature forthermocouple inputs. This allows the user to select whether CJ compensation is donebased on a temperature reading at a remote location (Remote CJ Compensation) or atthe terminal board as explained above (Standard CJ Compensation). The calculationsare the same as previous VTCC boards, only the source of the CJ reading changes.
<R> or <S> or <T> Rack
Thermocouple Input Board VTCC
Terminal Board TBTC
JA1 J3
Connectors atbottom ofVME rack
Excitation
JB1 J4
(12) thermocouples
(12) thermocouples
Excit.
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32VMEbus
NoiseSuppression
NoiseSuppression
Thermocouple
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
High
Low
Low
High
LocalCold JunctionReference
LocalCold JunctionReference
ID
ID
A/D
Remote ColdJunctionReferences
Figure 9-12. Thermocouple Inputs and Processor Board
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-27
Features
Thermocouple LimitsThermocouple inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of �8.0 mV to +45.0mV. Table 9-8 shows typical input voltages for different thermocouple types versusminimum and maximum temperature range. It is assumed the cold junctiontemperature ranges from +32 to +158 °F.
Table 9-8. Thermocouple Types and Range
Thermocouple Type E J K S T
Low range, °F / °C −60 / −51 −60 / −51 −60 / −51 0 / −17.78 −60 / −51
mV at low range with referenceat 158 °F (70 °C)
−7.174 −6.132 −4.779 −0.524 −4.764
High range, °F / °C 1100 / 593 1400 / 798 2000 / 1093 3200 / 1760 750 / 399
mV at high range with referenceat 32 °F (0 °C)
44.547 42.922 44.856 18.612 20.801
Cold JunctionsThere are two cold junction (CJ) references used per VTCC, one for connector J3and J4. Each reference can be selected as either remote (from VME bus) or local(from associated terminal board, T type or D type). All references are then treated assensor inputs (for example, averaged, limits configured). The two references can bemixed, one local and one remote. CJ signals go into signal space and are availablefor monitoring. Normally the average of the two is used. Acceptable limits areconfigured, and if a CJ goes outside the limit, a logic signal is set. A 1 °F error in theCJ compensation will cause a 1°F error in the TC reading.
Hard coded limits are set at 32 to 158 °F, and if a CJ goes outside these, it isregarded as bad. Most CJ failures are open or short circuit. If one CJ fails, the goodone is used. If both CJs go bad, the backup value is used, which can be derived fromCJ readings on other terminal boards, or can be the configured default value.
DiagnosticsThree LEDs at the top of the front panel provide status information. The normalRUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED shows asteady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in the board.
Each thermocouple type has Hardware Limit Checking based on preset (non-configurable) high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If thislimit is exceeded a logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one ofthe 24 inputs hardware limits is set it creates a composite diagnostic alarm,L3DIAG_VTCC, referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnosticsare available from the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched,and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal.
Each thermocouple input has System Limit Checking based on configurable high andlow levels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured forenable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limitsignals. In TMR, Systems Limit logic signals are voted and the resulting compositediagnostic is present in each controller.
9-28 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Each terminal board cable has its own ID device which is interrogated by the I/Oboard. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal boardserial number, board type, revision number, and the JA1/JB1 connector location.
The TMR version of this board has six ID devices, one for each cable connector.Details of the VTCC diagnostics are in GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide,Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
CalibrationThe thermocouple inputs and cold junction inputs are automatically calibrated usingthe filtered calibration reference and zero voltages.
Specification
Table 9-9. Typical VTCC Specification
Item Specification
Number of Channels 24 channels per terminal board and I/O board
Thermocouple types E, J, K, S, T thermocouples, and mV inputs
Span -8 mV to +45 mV
A/D Converter Sampling type 16-bit A/D converter with better than 14-bitresolution
Cold junction compensation Reference junction temperature measured at two locationson each TC terminal board (optional for remove CJs).TMR board has six cold junction references.
Cold junction temperatureaccuracy
Cold junction accuracy 2 °F
Conformity error Maximum software error 0.25 °F
Measurement accuracy 53 microvolts (excluding cold junction reading)Example: 3 °F, type K, at 1000 °F, including cold junction
contribution (RSS)
Common mode rejection AC common mode rejection 110 dB @ 50/60 Hz, forbalanced impedance input
Common mode voltage +/- 5 Volts
Normal mode rejection Rejection of 250 mV Rms is 80 dB @ 50/60 Hz
Scan time All inputs are sampled at 120 times per second for 60 Hzoperation; for 50 Hz operation it is 100 times per second
Fault detection High/low (hardware) limit checkHigh/low system (software) limit checkMonitor readings from all TCs, CJs, calibration voltages, andcalibration zero readings
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, the thermocouple board is configured using the Control SystemToolbox. Table 9-10 summarizes configuration choices and defaults. For details referto GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Controller.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-29
Table 9-10. Thermocouple Board Configuration (Part 1 of 2)
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
SysFreq System Frequency (used for noise rejection) 50 or 60 Hz
SystemLimits Enables or Disables All System Limit Checking Enable, Disable
Auto Reset Automatic Restoring of Thermocouples removed from scan Enable, Disable
J3J4:I200TBTCH1A Terminal Board Connected, Not Connected
ThermCpl1 First of 24 thermocouples - Card Point Signal Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
ThermoCpl Type Thermocouples supported by VTCC; unused inputs areremoved from scanning, mV inputs are primarily formaintenance.
Unused, mV, S, T, K, J, E
LowPassFiltr Enable 2 Hz low pass filter Enable, Disable
SysLim1 Enabl Enables or disables a temperature limit which can be usedto create an alarm.
Enable, Disable
SysLim1 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch or unlatch;reset used to unlatch.
Latch, Unlatch
SysLim1 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than or equal(>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.
Greater Than or Equal, LessThan or Equal
SysLimit 1 Enter the desired value. Engineering Units
SysLim2 Enabled Enables or disables a temperature limit which can be usedto create an alarm.
Enable, Disable
SysLim2 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch or unlatch;reset used to unlatch.
Latch, Unlatch
SysLim2 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than or equal(>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a preset value.
Greater Than or Equal, LessThan or Equal
SysLimit 2 Enter the desired value. Engineering Units
TMR Diff Limt Limit condition occurs if 3 temperatures in R, S, T differ bymore than a preset value (deg F); this creates a votingalarm condition.
−60 to 2,000
ColdJunc1 First Cold Junction Reference - Card Point Signal (similarconfiguration as for thermocouples but no low pass filter orCJ type choices of local or remote).
As above (Input FLOAT)
ColdJunc2 Second Cold Junction Reference - Card Point Signal(similar configuration as for thermocouples but no low passfilter or CJ type choices of local or remote).
As above (Input FLOAT)
9-30 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Table 9-10. Thermocouple Board Configuration (Part 2 of 2)
Card Points (Signals) Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection Name) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VTCC1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VTCC2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VTCC3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
SysLim1TC1 System Limit 1 for Thermocouple Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim1TC24 System Limit 1 for Thermocouple Input BIT
SysLim1CJ1 System Limit 1 for Cold Junction Input BIT
SysLim1JC2 System Limit 1 for Cold Junction Input BIT
SysLim2TC1 System Limit 2 for Thermocouple Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim2TC24 System Limit 2 for Thermocouple Input BIT
SysLim2CJ1 System Limit 2 for Cold Junction Input BIT
SysLim2CJ2 System Limit 2 for Cold Junction Input BIT
CJ Backup Cold Junction Backup Output FLOAT
CJ Remote 1 Cold Junction Remote 1 Output FLOAT
CJ Remote 2 Cold Junction Remote 2 Output FLOAT
ThermCpl1 Thermocouple reading Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
ThermCpl24 Thermocouple reading Input FLOAT
ColdJunc1 Cold Junction for TC's 1−12 Input FLOAT
ColdJunc2 Cold Junction for TC's 13−24 Input FLOAT
InstallationThermocouples are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks. These blocks aremounted on the terminal board and held down with two screws as shown in Figure 9-13. Each block has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shieldtermination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of eachterminal block.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-31
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (+)Input 2 (+)Input 3 (+)Input 4 (+)Input 5 (+)Input 6 (+)Input 7 (+)Input 8 (+)Input 9 (+)Input 10(+)Input 11(+)Input 12(+)
Input 1 (-)Input 2 (-)Input 3 (-)Input 4 (-)Input 5 (-)Input 6 (-)
Input 8 (-)Input 9 (-)Input 10(-)Input 11(-)Input 12(-)
Input 7 (-)
I/O Terminal Blocks with Barrier Terminals
Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with300 volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can be unplugged fromterminal board for maintenance
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Thermocouple Terminal Board TBTCH1C
Cable to J3on I/O Rack
JA1
JB1
Input 13(+)Input 14(+)Input 15(+)Input 16(+)Input 17(+)Input 18(+)Input 19(+)Input 20(+)Input 21(+)Input 22(+)Input 23(+)Input 24(+)
Input 13(-)Input 14(-)Input 15(-)
Input 17(-)Input 16(-)
Input 18(-)Input 19(-)Input 20(-)Input 21(-)
Input 23(-)Input 22(-)
Input 24(-)Cable to J4on I/O Rack
TMR version of this board hasconnectors JRA, JSA, and JTA forinputs 1-12, andconnectors JRB, JSB, and JTB forinputs 13-24.
Figure 9-13. TBTC Wiring and Cabling
9-32 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VTCC/TBTCH1B (TMR) - Thermocouple InputsTBTCH1B provides redundant thermocouple inputs by fanning the inputs out toVTCC boards in the R, S, and T racks, refer to Figure 9-14. The inputs have thesame environmental, codes, resolution, suppression, and function requirements aswith the TBTC terminal board.
<R> RackTerminal Board TBTCH1B
Thermocouple Input Board VTCC
Excit.
Excitation.
(12) thermocouples
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
HighLow
J3
(12) thermocouples
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
HighLow
J4
LocalCold JunctionReference
JRAID
JSAID
JTAID
JRBID
JSBID
JTBID
To<S>
To<T>
To<T>
To<S>
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32
VMEbus
A/D
Analog-DigitalConverter
Processor
NoiseSuppression
NS
NS
Remote ColdJunctionReferences
LocalCold JunctionReference
Figure 9-14. Redundant Thermocouple Inputs (TMR)
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-33
InstallationThermocouples are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks. These blocks aremounted on the terminal board and held down with two screws as shown in Figure 9-15. Each block has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shieldtermination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of eachterminal block. Two cables connect to J3 and J4 on each of the R, S, and T racks.Thermocouples 1−12 connect to the JRA, JSA, and JTA connectors; thermocouples13−24 connect to JRB, JSB, and JTB.
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (+)Input 2 (+)Input 3 (+)Input 4 (+)Input 5 (+)Input 6 (+)Input 7 (+)Input 8 (+)Input 9 (+)Input 10(+)Input 11(+)Input 12(+)
Input 1 (-)Input 2 (-)Input 3 (-)Input 4 (-)Input 5 (-)Input 6 (-)
Input 8 (-)Input 9 (-)Input 10(-)Input 11(-)Input 12(-)
Input 7 (-)
I/O Terminal Blocks with Barrier Terminals
Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with300 volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can be unplugged fromterminal board for maintenance
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Thermocouple Terminal Board TBTCH1B
Cable to J4on I/O Rack S
Input 13(+)Input 14(+)Input 15(+)Input 16(+)Input 17(+)Input 18(+)Input 19(+)Input 20(+)Input 21(+)Input 22(+)Input 23(+)Input 24(+)
Input 13(-)Input 14(-)Input 15(-)
Input 17(-)Input 16(-)
Input 18(-)Input 19(-)Input 20(-)Input 21(-)
Input 23(-)Input 22(-)
Input 24(-)Cable to J4on I/O Rack R
JSB
JRB
JTB
JSA
JRA
JTA
Cable to J4on I/O Rack T
Cable to J3on I/O Rack R
To J3Rack T
To J3Rack S
Figure 9-15. TBTCH1B Wiring and Cabling (TMR)
9-34 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DTTC - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted ThermocoupleTerminal Board
The DTCC board is a compact terminal board, designed for DIN-rail mounting. Theboard has 12 thermocouple inputs and connects to the VTCC thermocoupleprocessor board with a single 37-pin cable. This cable is identical to the one used onthe larger TBCC terminal board. The on-board signal conditioning and cold junctionreference are identical to those on the TBTC board.
An on-board ID chipidentifies the board to theVTCC for system diagnosticpurposes.
Two DTTC boards can be connected to the VTCC for a total of 24 inputs, as shownin Figure 9-16. Only the Simplex version of the board is available. The terminalboards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. Highdensity Euro Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board withtwo screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). Every third screwconnection is for the shield.
JA1 J3
<R> Control Rack
Thermocouple Input Board VTCC
Connectors atbottom ofVME rack
Excitation
Excit.
Sampling TypeA/D Converter
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32
VMEbusJ4
24 Thermocouples
DTTC Terminal Board
(12) thermocouples
Thermocouple
Grounded orungrounded
Pos
Neg
LocalCold JunctionReference (1)
SCOM
Shld
Connector for cablefrom second DTTCterminal board
ID
1
2
3
Noise Suppression
ProcessorA/D
Remote ColdJunctionReferences
Figure 9-16. DTTC Terminal board for Thermocouple Inputs
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-35
DTTC Board InstallationShield screws are provided onthis board, internallyconnected to SCOM.
The DTTC board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail.Thermocouples are wired directly to the terminal block as shown in Figure 9-17. TheEuro Block type terminal block has 42 terminals and is permanently mounted on theterminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires are used. There are two screws for theSCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
Input 5 Shld
JA137-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners
DIN Thermocouple Terminal Board DTTC
Input 1 (+)Input 1 Shld
135
11
79
1314 15171921232527293133
373941
35
42
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
3840
Input 2 (+)Input 3 (+)Input 3 ShldInput 4 (+)Input 5 (+)
Input 6 (+)Input 7 (+)Input 7 ShldInput 8 (+)Input 9 (+)Input 9 ShldInput 10 (+)Input 11 (+)Input 11 ShldInput 12 (+)
Chassis Ground
Input 1 (-)Input 2 ShldInput 2 (-)Input 3 (-)Input 4 ShldInput 4 (-)Input 5 (-)Input 6 ShldInput 6 (-)Input 7 (-)Input 8 ShldInput 8 (-)Input 9 (-)Input 10 ShldInput 10 (-)Input 11 (-)Input 12 ShldInput 12 (-)
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for the VTCCboard
Screw Connections
DIN-rail mounting
Euro Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
SCOM
Chassis Ground
Screw Connections
Figure 9-17. DTTC Wiring and Cabling
9-36 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VRTD/TRTDH1C (Simplex) - RTD InputsThe RTD (Resistance Temperature Device) processor board (VRTD) accepts 16,three-wire RTD inputs. These inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the RTDterminal board (TRTD). Inputs to TRTD have noise suppression circuitry to protectagainst surge and high frequency noise. Cables with molded fittings connect theterminal board to the VME rack where the VRTD processor board is located.
VRTD converts the inputs to digital temperature values and transfers them over theVME backplane to the VCMI, and then to the controller.
There are two versions of TRTD, the type shown in Figure 9-18, and a TMR versionthat fans out the signals to three VRTD boards,
2468
1012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
xx
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VRTD
J3
J4
VME Bus to VCMI
TRTD capacity for16 RTD inputs
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMEI/O Rack
Connectors onVME I/O Rack
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board formaintenance
ShieldBar
TRTD Terminal Board VRTD VME Board
8 RTDInputs
8 RTDInputs
JA1
JB1
Figure 9-18. RTD Input Terminal Board, I/O Board, and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-37
OperationThe terminal board supplies a 10 mA dc multiplexed (not continuous) excitationcurrent to each RTD, which can be grounded or ungrounded. The 16 RTDs can belocated up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control cabinet with a maximumtwo-way cable resistance of 15 ohms. The RTD inputs and signal processing areshown in Figure 9-19.
The VCO type A/D converter in the VRTD board uses voltage to frequencyconverters and sampling counters. The converter samples each signal and theexcitation current four times per second for normal mode scanning, and 25 times persecond for fast mode scanning, using a time sample interval related to the powersystem frequency. Linearization for the selection of 15 RTD types is performed insoftware by the digital signal processor.
RTD open and short circuits are detected by out of range values. An RTD that isdetermined to be out of hardware limits is removed from the scanned inputs in orderto prevent adverse affects on other input channels. Repaired channels are reinstatedautomatically in 20 seconds, or can be manually reinstated.
<R> or <S> or <T> I/O Rack
RTD Input Board VRTDTerminationBoard TRTD
JA1
Connectorsat
bottom ofVME rack
Excit.
RTD
(8) RTDsGrounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
JB1
RTD
(8) RTDsGrounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
Excit.
VCO Type A/DConverter
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32
VMEbus
J3
J4
VME Bus
NoiseSuppression
NoiseSuppression
ID
IDProcessorA/D
NS
NS
Figure 9-19. RTD Inputs and Signal Processing
9-38 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Features
RTD LimitsRTD inputs are supported over a full-scale input range of 0.3532 to 4.054 volts.Table 9-11 shows the types of RTDs used and the temperature ranges.
Table 9-11. RTD Types and Ranges
RTD Type Name/Standard Range degree C Range degree F
10 ohm copper MINCO_CAGE 10 Ohm Copper
−51 to +260 −60 to +500
100 ohm platinum SAMA 100 −51 to +593 −60 to +1100
100 ohm platinum DIN 43760IEC-751MINCO_PDMINCO_PEPT100_DIN
−51 to +700 −60 to +1292
100 ohm platinum MINCO_PAIPTS-68PT100_PURE
−51 to +700 −60 to +1292
100 ohm platinum MINCO_PBRosemount 104PT100_USIND
−51 to +700 −60 to +1292
120 ohm nickel MINCO_NAN 120
−51 to +249 −60 to +480
200 ohm platinum PT 200 −51 to +204 −60 to +400
CalibrationRTD inputs are automatically calibrated using the filtered calibration source and nullvoltages.
Front panelThree LEDs at the top of the VRTD front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-39
Specification
Table 9-12. VRTD Specification
Item Specification
Number of Channels 16 channels per terminal board16 channels per VRTD board
RTD Types 10, 100, and 200 ohm platinum10 ohm copper120 ohm nickel
Span 0.3532 to 4.054 volts
A/D Converter Resolution 14-bit resolution
Scan Time Normal scan 250 ms (4 Hz)Fast scan 40 ms (25 Hz)
Power Consumption Less than 12 watts
Measurement Accuracy See Table 3-11
Common Mode Rejection Ac common mode rejection 60 dB @ 50/60 HzDc common mode rejection 80 dB
Common Mode Voltage Range ± 5 Volts
Normal Mode Rejection Rejection of up to 250 mV rms is 60 dB @ 50/60 Hzsystem frequency for normal scan
Maximum Lead Resistance 15 ohms maximum two way cable resistance
Fault Detection High/low (hardware) limit checkHigh/low (software) system limit check
Table 9-13. RTD Accuracy
RTD Type Group Gain Accuracy at 400 °F
120 ohm Nickel Normal_ 1.0 2 °F
200 ohm Platinum Normal_ 1.0 2 °F
100 ohm Platinum Normal_ 1.0 4 °F
100 ohm Platinum(−60 °F to 400 °F)
Gain_ 2.0 2 °F
10 ohm Copper 10 ohm Cu_10 10 °F
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, the RTD board is configured using the Control System Toolbox.This software usually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station orworkstation. Table 9-14 summarizes configuration choices and defaults. For detailsrefer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI TurbineController.
9-40 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Table 9-14. Typical VRTD Configuration
Module Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Enable or disable all system limit checking Enable, Disable
Auto Reset Enable or disable restoring of RTDs removed fromscan
Enable, Disable
Group A Rate Sampling rate and system frequency filter for firstgroup of 8 inputs
4 Hz, 50 Hz filter4 Hz, 60 Hz filter25 Hz
Group A Gain Gain 2.0 is for higher accuracy if ohms <190, firstgroup of 8 inputs
Normal_1.0Gain_2.010 ohm Cu_10.0
Group B Rate Sampling rate and system frequency filter for secondgroup of 8 inputs
4 Hz, 50 Hz filter4 Hz, 60 Hz filter25 Hz
Group B Gain Gain 2.0 is for higher accuracy if ohms <190,second group of 8 inputs
Normal_1.0Gain_2.010 ohm Cu_10.0
J3J4:IS200TRTDH1C Terminal Board Connnected, Not Connected
RTD1 First of 16 RTDs - Card Point Signal Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
RTD Type RTDs linearizations supported by VRTD; select RTDor Ohms Input (unused inputs are removed fromscanning)
UnusedCU10 MINCO_CAPT100_DIN MINCO_PDPT100_PURE MINCO_PAPT100_USIND MINCO_PBN120 MINCO_NAMINCO_PIA PT100_SAMAPT200 MINCO_PKOhms
SysLim1 Enable Enables or disables a temperature limit for eachRTD, can be used to create an alarm
Enable, Disable
SysLim1 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch orunlatch for each RTD; reset used to unlatch.
Latch, Unlatch
SysLim1 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than orequal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a presetvalue.
Greater Than or EqualLess Than or Equal
System Limit 1 Enter the desired value of the limit temperature, DegF or Ohms
−60 to 1,300
SysLim2 Enable Enables or disables a temperature limit which can beused to create an alarm
Enable, Disable
SysLim2 Latch Determines whether the limit condition will latch orunlatch; reset used to unlatch.
Latch, Unlatch
SysLim2 Type Limit occurs when the temperature is greater than orequal (>=), or less than or equal to (<=) a presetvalue.
Greater Than or EqualLess Than or Equal
System Limit 2 Enter the desired value of the limit temperature, DegF or Ohms
−60 to 1,300
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-41
TMR Diff Limt Limit condition occurs if 3 temperatures in R,S,Tdiffer by more than a preset value; this creates avoting alarm condition.
−60 to 1,300
Card Point Signals Description-Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VRTD1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VRTD2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VRTD3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
SysLim1RTD1 System Limit 1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim1RTD16 System Limit 1 Input BIT
SysLim2RTD1 System Limit 2 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim2RTD16 System Limit 2 Input BIT
DiagnosticsTwo types of diagnostic checking are applied to all inputs, Hardware Limit Checkingand System Limit Checking.
Each RTD type has Hardware Limit Checking based on preset (non-configurable)high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceededa logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the 16 input�shardware limits is set it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VRTD,referring to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are available fromthe toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset withthe RESET_DIA signal.
Each RTD input has System Limit Checking based on configurable high and lowlevels. These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured forenable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limitsignals. In TMR systems limit logic signals are voted and the resulting compositediagnostic is present in each controller.
Each connector has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/O board. Theboard ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal board serial number,board type, revision number, and the JA1/JB1 connector location. The TMR boardversion has six ID chips, one for each connector.
Descriptions of the VRTD diagnostics are in GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI SystemGuide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
InstallationThe sixteen RTDs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on theterminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires, as shown in Figure 9-20. A shield termination stripattached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.For grounded RTD operation, see application note in Figure 9-20.
9-42 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (Exc)Input 1 (Ret)Input 2 (Sig)Input 3 (Exc)Input 3 (Ret)Input 4 (Sig)Input 5 (Exc)Input 5 (Ret)Input 6 (Sig)Input 7 (Exc)Input 7 (Ret)Input 8 (Sig)
Input 1 (Sig)Input 2 (Exc)Input 2 (Ret)Input 3 (Sig)Input 4 (Exc)Input 4 (Ret)
Input 6 (Exc)Input 6 (Ret)Input 7 (Sig)Input 8 (Exc)Input 8 (Ret)
Input 5 (Sig)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 9 (Exc)Input 9 (Ret)Input 10 (Sig)Input 11 (Exc)Input 11 (Ret)Input 12 (Sig)Input 13 (Exc)Input 13 (Ret)Input 14 (Sig)Input 15 (Exc)Input 15 (Ret)Input 16 (Sig)
Input 9 (Sig)Input 10 (Exc)Input 10 (Ret)Input 11 (Sig)Input 12 (Exc)Input 12 (Ret)
Input 14 (Exc)Input 14 (Ret)Input 15 (Sig)Input 16 (Exc)Input 16 (Ret)
Input 13 (Sig)
JA1
JB1
Cable to J3on I/O Rack
Cable to J4on I/O Rack
RTD Terminal Board TRTDH1C
First 8 TCs to JA1
Second 8 TCs to JB1
Screw ConnectionsScrew Connections
RTDApplication Note:- Optional Ground: connnect the "B" wire to ground;- RTD Group wiring, that is sharing the "B" wire; tie the "B" wires together at the RTDs, tie the "Sigxx" signals together at the TRTD terminationbboard, and interconnect with one wire.
A
BC
Excxx
Sigxx
Retxx
Figure 9-20. RTD Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-43
VRTD/TRTDH1B (TMR) - RTD InputsTRTDH1B provides redundant RTD inputs by fanning the inputs out to VRTDboards in the R, S, and T racks, refer to Figure 9-21. The inputs meet the sameenvironmental, codes, resolution, suppression, and function requirements as with theTRTD terminal board, however, the fast scan is not available.
All RTD signals have high frequency decoupling to ground at signal entry. RTDmultiplexing on the VRTD boards is coordinated by redundant pacemakers so thatthe loss of a single cable or loss of a single VRTD does not cause the loss of anyRTD signals in the control database. VRTD boards in R, S, and T read RTDssimultaneously, but skewed by two RTDs, so that when R is reading RTD3, S isreading RTD5, and T is reading RTD7, and so on. This ensures that the same RTD isnot excited by two VRTDs simultaneously, and hence produce bad readings.
Terminal Board TRTDH1B
RTD
(8) RTDs to JRA, JSA, JTA
Grounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
NoiseSuppression
JRAID
JSAID
JTAID
JRBID
JSBID
JTBID
RTD
(8) RTDs to JRB, JSB, JTBGrounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
NoiseSuppression
PM, TxPM, Rx, S
PM, TxPM, Rx, R
PM, TxPM, Rx, R
PM, TxPM, Rx, T
PM, TxPM, Rx, T
PM, TxPM, Rx, S
SignalsPM= PacemakerTx = VRTD TransmitRx = VRTD Receive
NS
NS
Figure 9-21. Redundant RTD Inputs (TMR)
9-44 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
TRTDH1B can be configured for TMR or Simplex operation. When configured forSimplex operation, the pacemaker is ignored. When configured for TMR operationonly the slow (4 Hz) scan rate is allowed.
InstallationThe sixteen RTDs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on theterminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires, as shown in Figure 9-22. A shield termination stripattached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.For grounded RTD wiring, refer to the Application Note in Figure 9-20.
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (Exc)Input 1 (Ret)Input 2 (Sig)Input 3 (Exc)Input 3 (Ret)Input 4 (Sig)Input 5 (Exc)Input 5 (Ret)Input 6 (Sig)Input 7 (Exc)Input 7 (Ret)Input 8 (Sig)
Input 1 (Sig)Input 2 (Exc)Input 2 (Ret)Input 3 (Sig)Input 4 (Exc)Input 4 (Ret)
Input 6 (Exc)Input 6 (Ret)Input 7 (Sig)Input 8 (Exc)Input 8 (Ret)
Input 5 (Sig)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 9 (Exc)Input 9 (Ret)Input 10 (Sig)Input 11 (Exc)Input 11 (Ret)Input 12 (Sig)Input 13 (Exc)Input 13 (Ret)Input 14 (Sig)Input 15 (Exc)Input 15 (Ret)Input 16 (Sig)
Input 9 (Sig)Input 10 (Exc)Input 10 (Ret)Input 11 (Sig)Input 12 (Exc)Input 12 (Ret)
Input 14 (Exc)Input 14 (Ret)Input 15 (Sig)Input 16 (Exc)Input 16 (Ret)
Input 13 (Sig)
RTD Terminal Board TRTDH1B
Cable to J4on I/O Rack S
Cable to J4on I/O Rack R
JSB
JRB
JTB
JSA
JRA
JTA
Cable to J4on I/O Rack T
Cable to J3on I/O Rack R
To J3Rack T
To J3Rack S
8 circuits toJRA,JSA,JTA
8 circuits toJRB,JSB,JTB
Figure 9-22. RTDH1B Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-45
DRTD - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted RTD Terminal BoardThe DRTD board is a compact RTD terminal board, designed for DIN-rail mounting.The board has eight RTD inputs and connects to the VRTD processor board with asingle 37-pin cable, as shown in Figure 9-23. This cable is identical to those used onthe larger TRTD terminal board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on theDIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. Two DRTD boards can be connected to theVRTD for a total of 16 temperature inputs. Only a Simplex version of the board isavailable.
The on-board noise suppression is similar to that on the TRTD. High density EuroBlock type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, with two screwconnections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies theboard to the VRTD for system diagnostic purposes.
<R> Control Rack
RTD Input Board VRTDDRTD Board
JA1
Connectors atbottom ofVME rack
Excit.
A/D
RTD
(8) RTDs
Grounded orungrounded
Excitation
Signal
Return
Excit.
VCO Type A/DConverter
I/O CoreProcessor
TMS320C32
J3
J4
VME Bus
Connector forcable from secondDRTD board
ID
16 RTD Inputs
SCOM
1
2
3
A
BC
NoiseSuppression
Processor
Figure 9-23. DRTD Board
9-46 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
InstallationThere is no shield terminationstrip with this design.
The DRTD board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Theeight RTDs are wired directly to the terminal block as shown in Figure 9-24. TheEuro Block type terminal block has 36 terminals and is permanently mounted on theterminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted triplet) are used.Terminals 25 through 34 are spares. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground)connection, which should be as short a distance as possible. For wiring groundedRTDs, see the section, Installation for the TRTD board.
Input 5 (Return)
JA137-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners
Input 1 (Excitation)Input 1 (Return)
135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Input 2 (Signal)Input 3 (Excitation)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Signal)Input 5 (Excitation)
Input 6 (Signal)Input 7 (Excitation)Input 7 (ReturnInput 8 (Signal)
Chassis Ground
Input 1 (Signal)Input 2 (Excitation)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Signal)Input 4 (Excitation)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Signal)Input 6 (Excitation)Input 6 (Return)Input 7 (Signal)Input 8 (Excitation)Input 8 (Return)
SCOM
Cable to J3 or J4connector in I/O rackfor VRTD board
Screw Connections
Euro Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
DRTD
DIN-rail mounting
Chassis Ground
Figure 9-24. DRTD Board Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-47
VAIC/TBAI - Analog InputsThe Analog Input Board (VAIC) accepts 20 analog inputs and controls four analogoutputs. Ten inputs and two outputs are wired to each Analog Input Terminal board(TBAI). Inputs and outputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surgeand high frequency noise. Cables connect the terminal board to the VME rack wherethe VAIC processor board is located, as shown in Figure 9-25.
The VAIC converts the inputs to digital values and transfers these over the VMEbackplane to the VCMI, and then to the controller.
Input signals are fanned out to three VME board racks R, S, and T for TMRapplications. The VAIC requires two terminal boards to monitor 20 inputs.
VME Bus to VCMI
TBAI Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
ShieldBar
2468
1012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS1
JR1
24681012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS1
JR1
JT1JT1
Cable to VMERack S
Cable to VMERack T
ToRack
T
ToRack
S
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VAIC
J3
J4
TBAI Terminal Board VAIC VME Board
Figure 9-25. Analog Input Terminal boards, I/O Board, and Cabling (TMR System)
9-48 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Operation24 V dc power is available on the terminal board for all the transducers, and there isa choice of current or voltage inputs using jumpers. One of the two analog outputcircuits is 4 − 20 mA, and the other can be jumper configured for 4 − 20 mA or0 − 200 mA. The same terminal board can be used for TMR applications.
The VAIC board accepts 20 analog inputs, controls four analog outputs, and containssignal conditioning, an analog MUX, A/D converter, and D/A converter, as shown inFigure 9-26.
Current Limit
JR1 J3/4
Terminal Board TBAI
250ohm
Open
1 ma
20 ma
J#A+24 V dc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
Return
Current Limit
NoiseSuppr-ession
250 ohms
Open
Vdc
20 ma
J#A
+24 V dc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
2 Circuits perTermination Board
8 Circuits perTermination Board
5k ohms
Maximum Load0-200 ma, 50 ohms4-20 ma, 500 ohms
200 ma
20 maJO
Signal
Return
Jump select on onecircuit only; #2 Circuitis 4-20 ma only
P28V
PCOM
P28V
Two Output Circuits
J#BReturn
J#B
SCOM
Return
<R> Module
Analog InputBoard VAIC
Controller
A/D
Application Software
Connectorsat
bottom ofVME rack
Excitation
CurrentRegulator/
Power Supply
D/A
ID
T
Typical transmitter,Mark VI powered
NS
NS
NS
Figure 9-26. Analog Input Processing, Simplex
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-49
In a TMR system, analog inputs fanout to the three control racks from JR1, JS1, andJT1. The 24 V dc power to the transducers comes from all three VAIC boards and isdiode shared on the terminal board. Each analog current output is fed by currentsfrom all three VAIC, as shown in Figure 9-27.
The actual output current is measured with a series resistor, which feeds a voltageback to each control rack. The resulting output is the voted middle value of the threecurrents.
Current Limit
JR1
Terminal Board TBAI
250ohm
Open
1 ma
20 ma
J#B
+24 Vdc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
Return
Current Limit
NoiseSuppr-ession
250 ohms
Open
Vdc
20 ma
J#A
2 Circuits perTermination Board
8 Circuits perTermination Board
5k ohms
Maximum Load0-200 ma, 50 ohms4-20 ma, 500 ohms
JO
Signal
Return
Two Output Circuits#2 Circuit is 4-20
ma only
JS1
JT1
200 ma
20 ma
ST
ST
P28V<S>P28V<T>P28VR
P28VR
J#B
PCOM
Return
Return
SCOM
PCOM
J#A
<R> Module
Analog InputBoard VAIC
Controller
D/A
Application Software
Connectorsat
bottom ofVME rack
Excitation
To Rack<S>
To Rack<T>
Filter 2 Pole
A/D
CurrentRegulator/
Power Supply
J3/J4
ID
ID
ID
+24 V dc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
T
Typical transmitter,Mark VI powered
NS
NS
NS
Figure 9-27. Analog Input Processing, TMR
9-50 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
FeaturesThe VAIC analog input/output capacity, using two TBAI terminal boards, is shownin Table 9-15.
Table 9-15. Quantity and Types of VAIC Analog Inputs and Outputs
Qty Analog Input Types Qty Analog Output Types
16 ± 10 Vdc, or ± 5 Vdc, or 4−20 mA 2 0−20 mA, or 0−200 mA
4 4−20 mA, or ± 1 mA 2 0−20 mA
Transmitter/transducers can be powered by the 24 V dc source in the control system,or can be independently powered. Terminal board jumpers J#A, J#B, and JO set upthe type of voltage and current inputs, and select the type of current output. Eachoutput is monitored by diagnostics, and a suicide relay disconnects the correspondingoutput if a fault cannot be cleared by a command from the processor.
Noise FilteringHardware filters on the terminal board suppress high frequency noise. Additionalsoftware filters on VAIC provide configurable low pass filtering. With the abovenoise suppression and filtering, the input ac common mode rejection (CMR) is 60dB, and the dc CMR is 80 dB.
Front panelThree LEDs at the top of the VAIC front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.
Specification
Table 9-16. VAIC Board Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Channels 12 channels per terminal board (10 AI, 2 AO)24 channels per VAIC board (20 AI, 4 AO)
Input Span 1 � 5 V dc
Input Converter Resolution 16-bit A/D converter with 14-bit resolution
Scan Time Normal scan 10 ms (100 Hz)Inputs 1 through 4 available for scan at 200 Hz
Measurement accuracy Better than 0.1% full scale
Noise Suppression on inputs The first ten circuits (J3) have a hardware filter with singlepole down break at 500 radians/second.The second ten circuits (J4) have a hardware filter with atwo pole down break at 72 and 500 rad/second.A software filter, using a two pole low pass filter, isconfigurable for 0, .75, 1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, 6 Hz, 12 Hz
Common mode rejection Ac common mode rejection 60 dB @ 60 Hz, with up to ± 5volt common mode voltage.Dc common mode rejection 80 dB with from −5 to +7 peakvolt common mode voltage.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-51
Table 9-16. VAIC Board Specifications Continued
Item Specification
Common mode voltage range ± 5 Volts (± 2 Volt CMR for the ± 10 Volt inputs)
Maximum lead resistance 15 ohms maximum two-way cable resistance, cable lengthup to 300m (984 ft)
Output Converter 12-bit D/A converter with 0.5% accuracy
Output Load 500 ohms for 4−20 mA output50 ohms for 200 mA output
Power consumption Less than 31 watts
Compressor Stall Detection Detection and relay operation within 30 sec
Fault detection Monitor D/A outputs, output currents, and total currentMonitor suicide relays and 20/200 mA scaling relays
DiagnosticsEach analog input has Hardware Limit Checking based on preset (non-configurable)high and low levels set near the ends of the operating range. If this limit is exceededa logic signal is set and the input is no longer scanned. If any one of the input�shardware limits is set, it creates a composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VAIC,which refers to the entire board. Details of the individual diagnostics are availablefrom the toolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then resetwith the RESET_DIA signal.
Each input has System Limit Checking based on configurable high and low levels.These limits can be used to generate alarms, and can be configured forenable/disable, and as latching/nonlatching. RESET_SYS resets the out of limits.Details of the diagnostics are in GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter8, Troubleshooting and Diagnostics.
The TBAI terminal board has its own ID device, which is interrogated by the I/Oboard. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the terminal boardserial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JT connector location.
Configuration OverviewTable 9-17 summarizes configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
9-52 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Table 9-17. Typical VAIC Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Enable or disable system limits Enable, Disable
Output Voting Select type of output voting Simplex, TMR
Min_ MA_Input Select minimum current for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21 mA
Max_ MA_Input Select maximum current for healthy 4-20 mA input 0 to 21 mA
CompStalType Select Compressor Stall Algorithm (# of transducers) 0, 2, or 3
InputForPS3A Select analog input circuit for PS3A AnalogIn 1, 2, 3, or 4
InputForPS3B Select analog input circuit for PS3B AnalogIn 1, 2, 3, or 4
InputForPS3C Select analog input circuit for PS3C AnalogIn 1, 2, 3, or 4
SelMode Select mode for excessive difference Pressure Max, Avg
PressDelta Excessive Difference pressure threshold 5 to 500
TimeDelay Time Delay on Stall Detection, in msec 10 to 40
KPS3_Drop_Min Minimum Pressure rate 10 to 2000
KPS3_Drop_I Pressure rate intercept 10 to 100
KPS3_Drop_S Pressure rate slope 0.05 to 10
KPS3_Delta_S Pressure delta slope 0.05 to 10
KPS3_Delta_I Pressure delta intercept 10 to 100
KPS3_Delta_Mx Pressure delta Max 10 to 100
KPS3_Drop_L Threshold Pressure rate 10 to 2000
KPS3_Drop_Mx Max pressure rate 10 to 2000
J3:IS200TBAIH1A Terminal board connected to VAIC via J3 Connected, not connected
AnalogIn1 First of 10 Analog Inputs - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Input Type Current or voltage input type Unused, 4−20 ma, ± 5 V, ± 10 V
Low_Input Value of current at the low end of scale −10 to +20
Low_Value Value of input in engineering units at low end of scale −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
High_Input Value of current at the high end of scale −10 to +20
High_Value Value of input in engineering units at high end ofscale
−3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
Input _Filter Bandwidth of input signal filter Unused, 0.75, 1.5 Hz, 3 Hz, 6 Hz,12 Hz
TMR Diff Limit Difference limit for voted inputs in % of high-lowvalues
0 to 100
Sys Lim 1 Enable Input fault check Enable, Disable
Sys Lim 1 Latch Input fault latch Latch, Unlatch
Sys Lim 1 Type Input fault type Greater Than or EqualLess Than or Equal
Sys Lim 1 Input limit in Engineering Units −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
Sys Lim 2 Enable Input fault check Enable, Disable
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-53
Sys Lim 2 Latch Input fault latch Latch, Unlatch
Sys Lim 2 Type Input fault type Greater Than or EqualLess Than or Equal
Sys Lim 2 Input limit in Engineering Units −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
AnalogOut1 First of two analog outputs - Card Point Point Edit (Output FLOAT)
Output_MA Type of output current Unused, 0−20 mA, 0−200 mA
Low_MA Output mA at low value 0 to 200 mA
Low_Value Output in Engineering Units at low mA −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
High_MA Output mA at high value 0 to 200 mA
High_Value Output value in Engineering Units at high mA −3.4082e+038 to 3.4028e+038
TMR Suicide Suicide for faulty output current, TMR only Enable, Disable
Diff Limit Current difference for suicide, TMR only 0 to 200 mA
D/A Err Limit Difference between D/A reference and output, in %for suicide, TMR only
0 to 100 %
J4:IS200TBAIH1A Terminal board connected to VAIC via J4 Connected, Not Connected
AnalogIn11 First of 10 Analog Inputs - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
AnalogOut3 First of two analog outputs - Card Point Point Edit (Output FLOAT)
Card Points (Signals) Description � Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VAIC1 Card diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VAIC2 Card diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VAIC3 Card diagnostic Input BIT
SysLimit1_1 System Limit 1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLimit1_20 System Limit 1 Input BIT
SysLimit2_1 System Limit 2 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLimit2_20 System Limit 2 Input BIT
OutSuicide1 Status of Suicide Relay for Output 1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
OutSuicide4 Status of Suicide Relay for Output 4 Input BIT
DeltaFault Excessive difference pressure Input BIT
CompStall Compressor Stall Input BIT
Out1MA Feedback, Total Output Current, mA Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
Out4MA Feedback, Total Output Current, mA Input FLOAT
CompPressSel Selected Compressor Press, by Stall Algo. Input FLOAT
PressRate Sel Selected Compressor Press rate, by Stall Algor. Input FLOAT
CompStallPerm Compressor Stall Permissive Output BIT
9-54 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
InstallationThe 10 inputs and two outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mountedon the terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassisground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
The types of analog inputs and outputs that can be accommodated are as follows:• Analog input, two-wire transmitter• Analog input, three-wire transmitter• Analog input, four-wire transmitter• Analog input, externally powered transmitter• Analog input, voltage ±5 V, 10 V dc• Analog output, 20 mA• Analog output, 200 mA
The various types are selected with jumpers, as shown in Figure 9-28.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-55
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (24V)Input 1 (Vdc)Input 2 (24V)Input 2 (Vdc)Input 3 (24V)Input 3 (Vdc)Input 4 (24V)Input 4 (Vdc)Input 5 (24V)Input 5 (Vdc)Input 6 (24V)Input 6 (Vdc)
Input 1 (20ma)Input 1 (Ret)Input 2 (20ma)Input 2 (Ret)Input 3 (20ma)Input 3 (Ret)
Input 4 (Ret)Input 5 (20ma)Input 5 (Ret)Input 6 (20ma)Input 6 (Ret)
Input 4 (20ma)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 7 (24V)Input 7 (Vdc)Input 8 (24V)Input 8 (Vdc)Input 9 (24V)Input 9 (1ma)Input 10 (24V)Input 10 (1ma)
Output 1 (Sig)Output 2 (Sig)
Input 7 (20ma)Input 7 (Ret)Input 8 (20ma)Input 8 (Ret)Input 9 (20ma)Input 9 (Ret)
Input 10 (Ret)
Output 1 (Ret)Output 2 (Ret)
Input 10 (20ma)
Board Jumpers
20ma/1 ma OPEN/RET
Analog Input Terminal Board TBAI JT1
JS1
JR1
To I/ORackR
To I/ORackS
To I/ORackT
Circuit Jumpers
Input 1 J1A J1B
Input 2 J2A J2B
Input 3 J3A J3B
Input 4 J4A J4B
Input 5 J5A J5B
Input 6 J6A J6B
Input 7 J7A J7B
Input 8 J8A J8B
Input 9 J9A J9B
Input 10 J10A J10B
Output 2 No Jumper (0-20ma)Output 1 J0
20ma/VDC OPEN/RET
20ma/200ma
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Return
+24 V dc
T
Two-Wiretransmitter
wiring 4-20ma
J#B
J#A
20 ma
Open
Voltage input
4-20 ma
ReturnT
Three-wiretransmitter wiring
4-20 ma
Open
PCOM
J#B
J#A
20 ma
+24 V dc
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Return
+24 V dc
TPowerSupply
+ +
- -
Externally poweredtransmitter wiring
4-20 ma
J#B
J#A
20 ma
Open
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Signal Return
T
Four-wiretransmitter wiring
5 Vdc
Open
J#A
20 ma
+24 V dc
VDC
VDC VDC
VDC
PCOM
Misc returnto PCOM
Max. commonmode voltage
is 7.0 V dc PCOM
J#B
Figure 9-28. TBAI Terminal Board Wiring
9-56 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DTAI - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Analog Input TerminalBoard
The DTAI board is a compact analog input terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. The board has 10 analog inputs and two analog outputs, and connects tothe VAIC processor board with a single 37-pin cable, as shown in Figure 9-29. Thiscable is identical to those used on the larger TBAI terminal board. The terminalboards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space.
Two DTAI boards can be connected to the VAIC for a total of 20 analog inputs andfour analog outputs. Only a Simplex version of the board is available.
The functions and on-board noise suppression are the same as those on the TBAI.High density Euro Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board,with two screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board IDchip identifies the board to the VAIC for system diagnostic purposes.
<R> Module
Analog InputBoard VAIC
Controller
A/D
Application Software
JR1 J3/4
Connectorsat
bottom ofVME rack
DTAI Board
250ohm
Excitation
Open Return
1 ma
20 ma
J9A
J9B
+24 V dc
+/-1 ma
4-20 ma
Return
Current Limit
NoiseSuppr-ession
250 ohms
Open Return
Vdc
20 ma
J1A
J1B
+24 V dc
2 Circuits per TerminalBoard
8 Circuits per TerminalBoard
5k ohms
Maximum Load4-20 mA, 500 ohms0-200 mA, 50 ohms
200 ma
20 ma
JO
Return
Jump select on onecircuit only; #2Circuit is 4-20 maonly
CurrentRegulator/
PowerSupply
D/A
P28V
PCOM
P28V
SCOM
Two Output Circuits
PCOM
PCOM
SCOM ID
Typical transmitter,Mark VI powered
Current Limit
Voltage input(+/-5,10 V dc)
4-20 ma
Return
T
(For othertransmitter hookups,see Fig. 10-7)
1
3
2
4
4143
33
35
34
36
45
46
NS
NS
NS
Signal
Figure 9-29. DTAI Board
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-57
InstallationThere is no shield terminationstrip with this design.
The DTAI board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. TheEuro Block type terminal block has 48 terminals and is permanently mounted on theboard. Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted pair) are used. There are twoscrews for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance aspossible.
Input 4 (Vdc)JR1
Input 1 (24V)Input 1 (Vdc)
135
11
79
1314 15171921232527293133
373941
35
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Input 2 (24V)Input 2 (Vdc)Input 3 (24V)Input 3 (Vdc)Input 4 (24V)
Input 5 (24V)Input 5 (Vdc)Input 6 (24V)Input 6 (Vdc)Input 7 (24V)Input 7 (Vdc)Input 8 (24V)Input 8 (Vdc)Input 9 (24V)Input 9 (1mA)
PCOM
Input 1 (20mA)Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (20mA)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (20mA)Input 3 (Return)
Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (20mA)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (20mA)Input 6 (Return)Input 7 (20mA)Input 7 (ReturnInput 8 (20mA)Input 8 (ReturnInput 9 (20mA)Input 9 (Return)
PCOM
Screw Connections
DIN-rail mounting
42
3840
48
4446
434547
Input 10 (24V)Input 10 (1mA)
Chassis GroundOutput 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)
Input 4 (20mA)
Input 10 (20mA)Input 10 (Ret)
Chassis GroundOutput 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)
Circuit Jumpers
Input 1 J1B J1A
Input 2 J2B J2A
Input 3 J3B J3A
Input 4 J4B J4A
Input 5 J5B J5A
Input 6 J6B J6A
Input 7 J7B J7A
Input 8 J8B J8A
Input 9 J9B J9A
Input 10 J10B J10A
Output 2 No jumperOutput 1 J0
Open/Return 20ma/Vdc
SCOM
37-pin "D"shellconnectorwith latchingfasteners
Cable to J3connector inI/O rack forVAIC board
JP1B JP1A
JP2B JP2A
JP4B JP4A
JP5B JP5A
JP8B JP8A
JP6B JP6A
JP7B JP7A
JP9B JP9A
JP10B JP10A
JP3B JP3A
JP0
Jumpers TB1Screw Connections
DTAI
Voltage input
4-20 ma
Return
+24 V dc
TPowerSupply
+ +
- -
+24 V dc
Externally poweredtransmitter
J1B
J1A
20 ma
Alternate Transmitter
Open Return
20ma/1ma
Voltage input
4-20 ma
ReturnT
Three-wiretransmitter
Open
PCOM
J2B
J2A20 ma
Return
PCOM
Figure 9-30. DTAI Wiring, Cabling, and Jumper Positions
9-58 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VAOC/TBAO - Analog OutputsThe Analog Output Board (VAOC) controls 16 analog, 20 mA, outputs. Theseoutputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the Analog Output Terminal board(TBAO). Noise suppression circuitry to protect against surge and high frequencynoise is mounted on the terminal board. Cables with molded plugs connect theterminal board to the VME rack where the VAOC processor board is located. TheVAOC receives digital values from the controller over the VME backplane from theVCMI, and converts these to analog output currents.
Note that for TMR applications control signals are fanned into the same terminalboard from three VME board racks R, S, and T, as shown in Figure 9-31. Six cablesare required to support all 16 outputs with TMR.
VME Bus to VCMICommunication Board
TBAO Terminal Board 37-pin "D"shell typeconnectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack R
Cables to VMERack S
Cables to VMERack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VAOC
J3
J4
VAOC VME Board
Barrier Type TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
ShieldBar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS2
JR1
JT1 JT2
JS1
JR2
8 AnalogOutputs
8 AnalogOutputs
Figure 9-31. Analog Output Terminal board, I/O Board, and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-59
OperationThe terminal board supports 16 analog outputs. Driven devices have a maximumresistance of 500 ohms and can be located up to 300 meters (984 feet) from theturbine control cabinet. VAOC in the VME rack contains the D/A converter anddriver which generates the controlled currents, as shown in Figure 9-32. The outputcurrent is controlled by the voltage drop across a resistor on the terminal board.
D/A JR2J4
50 ohms
D/A JR1
Maximum Load4-20 ma, 500
ohmsJ3
TBAO Terminal BoardNoiseSuppr-ession
Signal
Return
<R> Module
50 ohms
01
02 Circuit #1
Signal
Return
0304 Circuit #2
Signal
Return
0506 Circuit #3
Signal
Return
0708 Circuit #4
Signal
Return
0910 Circuit #5
Signal
Return
1112 Circuit #6
Signal
Return
1314 Circuit #7
Signal
Return
1516 Circuit #8
Signal
Return
1718 Circuit #9
Signal
Return
1920 Circuit #10
Signal
Return
2122 Circuit #11
Signal
Return
2324 Circuit #12
Signal
Return
2526 Circuit #13
Signal
Return
2728 Circuit #14
Signal
Return
2930 Circuit #15
Signal
Return
3132 Circuit #16
Analog Output Board VAOC
Group 2
Group 1
Connectors at bottomof VME rack
Sensing
Sensing
CurrentRegulator/
Power Driver
100ohms
Sensing
Sensing
CurrentRegulator/
Power Driver
100ohms
FromController
First group of 8 analog 0-20 ma outputs
Second group of 8 analog 0-20 ma outputs
SuicideRelay
FromController
SuicideRelay
ID
ID
NS
NS
Current
Output Current
Current
Output Current
Figure 9-32. Analog Output Processing, Simplex
9-60 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
In a TMR system, each analog current output is fed by the sum of the currents fromthe three VAOCs, as shown in Figure 9-33. The total output current is measured witha series resistor which feeds a voltage back to each control rack and VAOC. Theresulting output is the voted middle value of the three currents. If one output fails,the other two pickup the current to the correct value. If one output fails high, it isdisconnected by the suicide relay.
<R>
JR1
JS1
Same for<S>
Maximum Load 500 ohms
J3
J3
Terminal Board TBAO
NoiseSuppr-ession
Signal
Return
<S><T>
JT1
Same for<T>
J3
50 ohms
01
02 Circuit #1
Signal
Return
0304 Circuit #2
Signal
Return
0506 Circuit #3
Signal
Return
0708 Circuit #4
Signal
Return
0910 Circuit #5
Signal
Return
1112 Circuit #6
Signal
Return
1314 Circuit #7
Signal
Return
15
16 Circuit #8
Current Output Board VAOC
Group 1
D/A
Sensing
Sensing
CurrentRegulator/
Power Driver
100ohms
FromController
VME Racks
First group of (8)0-20ma outputs
SuicideRelay
Current
Total Current
Signal
Return
1718 Circuit #9
Signal
Return
1920 Circuit #10
Signal
Return
2122 Circuit #11
Signal
Return
2324 Circuit #12
Signal
Return
2526 Circuit #13
Signal
Return
2728 Circuit #14
Signal
Return
2930 Circuit #15
Signal
Return
3132 Circuit #16
JR2
JS2J4
JT2J4
J4
Group 2Same for<S>
Same for<T>
Same for<R>
Second group of(8) 0-20ma outputs
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
NS
Figure 9-33. Analog Output Processing, TMR
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-61
FeaturesEach output is monitored by diagnostics. Voltage drops across the local and outerloop current sense resistors, at the control reference, D/A outputs, and at the suiciderelay contacts are sampled and digitized. In the event of a malfunction that cannot becleared by a command from the processor, the circuit is disconnected by opening thesuicide relay contacts. This isolation function is only operational when configuredfor TMR operation. Filters reduce high frequency noise and suppress surge on eachoutput near the point of signal exit.
Front panelThree LEDs at the top of the VAOC front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but displays a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.
Specification
Table 9-18. VAOC Specification
Item Specification
Number of Channels 16 current output channels, single ended (one sideconnected to common)
Analog Outputs 0−20 mA, up to 500 ohm burdenResponse better than 50 rad/sec
D/A Converter Resolution/Accuracy 12-bit resolution with 0.5% accuracy
Frame Rate 100 Hz on all 12 outputs
Fault detection Local currentOuter total (TMR) currentD/A converter outputSuicide relay operation
DiagnosticsStandard diagnostic information is available on the inputs and outputs, includinghigh and low limit checks, and high and low system limit checks (configurable). Ifany one of the 16 outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm,L3DIAG_VAOC, occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from thetoolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with theRESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Each cable connector on the terminal board has its own ID device which isinterrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR, JS, JTconnector location.
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, the VAOC board is configured using the Control SystemToolbox. This software usually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITYstation or workstation. Table 9-19 summarizes the configuration choices. Refer toGEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI TurbineController.
9-62 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Table 9-19. Typical VAOC Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
Output Voting Select type of output voting Simplex, TMR
J3:IS200TBAOH1A Terminal board connected to VAOC via J3 Connected, Not Connected
AnalogOut1 Analog Output 1 - Card Point (first set of 8 AnalogOutputs)
Point Edit (Output FLOAT)
Output_MA Type of output current Unused, 0−20 mA
Low_MA Output MA at Low Value 0 to 20 mA
Low_Value Output in Engineering Units at Low MA −3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038
High_MA Output MA at High Value 0 to 20 mA
High_Value Output Value in Engineering Units at High MA −3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038
TMR_ Suicide Enable Suicide for faulty output current, TMR only Enable, Disable
TMR_Diff Limit Current difference in MA for suicide, TMR only 0 to 20 mA
D/A_Err Limit Difference between D/A reference and output, in %for suicide, TMR only
0 to 100 %
J4:IS200TBAOH1A Terminal board connected to VAOC via J4 Connected, Not Connected
AnalogOut9 Analog Output 9 - Card Point (second set of 8Analog Outputs)
Point Edit (Output FLOAT)
Card Points Signals Description�Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VAOC1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VAOC2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VAOC3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
OutSuicide1 Status of Suicide Relay for Output 1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
OutSuicide16 Status of Suicide Relay for Output 16 Input BIT
Out1MA Measure Total Output Current in mA Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
Out16MA Measure Total Output Current in mA Input FLOAT
InstallationThe 16 analog outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted on theterminal board, as shown in Figure 9-34. Each block is held down with two screwsand has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination stripattached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-63
I/O Terminal Block with Barrier Terminals
Up to two #12 AWG wires per point with 300volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can be unplugged fromterminal board for maintenance
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Output 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)Output 3 (Signal)Output 4 (Signal)Output 5 (Signal)Output 6 (Signal)Output 7 (Signal)Output 8 (Signal)Output 9 (Signal)Output 10(Signal)Output 11(Signal)Output 12(Signal)
Output 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)Output 3 (Return)Output 4 (Return)Output 5 (Return)Output 6 (Return)
Output 8 (Return)Output 9 (Return)Output 10(Return)Output 11(Return)Output 12(Return)
Output 7 (Return)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Output 13 (Signal)Output 14 (Signal)Output 15 (Signal)Output 16 (Signal)
Output 13(Return)Output 14(Return)Output 15(Return)Output 16(Return)
Analog Output Terminal Board TBAOJT2
JS2
JR2
To J4on I/ORack R
JT1
JS1
JR1
To J3on I/ORack R
To J3on I/ORack S
To J4on I/ORack S
To J3on I/ORack T
To J4on I/ORack T
Figure 9-34. TBAO Terminal Board Wiring
9-64 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DTAO - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Analog OutputTerminal Board
The DTAO board is a compact analog output terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. The DTAO board has eight analog outputs, and connects to the VAOCprocessor board with a single 37-pin cable, as shown in Figure 9-35. This cable isidentical to those used on the larger TBAO terminal board.
The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinetspace. Two DTAO boards can be connected to the VAOC for a total of 16 analogoutputs. Only a Simplex version of this board is available.
The functions and on-board noise suppression are the same as those on TBAO. Highdensity Euro Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board, withtwo screw connections for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chipidentifies the board to the VAOC for system diagnostic purposes
D/A JR1
Analog OutputsMaximum Load
4-20 mA,500 ohmsJ3
DTAO Terminal Board
NoiseSuppresion
Signal
Return
<R> Module
50 ohms01
02Circuit #1
SignalReturn
0304 Circuit #2
SignalReturn
0506 Circuit #3
SignalReturn
0708 Circuit #4
SignalReturn
0910 Circuit #5
SignalReturn
1112 Circuit #6
SignalReturn
1314 Circuit #7
SignalReturn
1516 Circuit #8
VAOC Board
Connectors atbottom of VME rack
Sensing
Sensing
CurrentRegulator/
Power Driver
100ohms
FromController
First group of 8 analog 4-20 mA outputs
SuicideRelay
To second DTAOterminal board
D/A J4
Sensing
Sensing
CurrentRegulator/
Power Driver
100ohms
Second group of 8 analog 4-20 mA outputs
FromController
SuicideRelay
Eight AnalogOutputs
ID
SCOM
Figure 9-35. DTAO Board
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-65
InstallationThere is no shield terminationstrip with this design.
The DTAO board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Theeight analog outputs are wired directly to the terminal block as shown in Figure 9-36. The Euro Block type terminal block has 36 terminals and is permanentlymounted on the terminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires (shielded twisted pair)are used. There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connection which should beas short a distance as possible.
Output 8 (Signal)
JR137-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
DTAO
Output 1 (Signal)Output 2 (Signal)
135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Output 3 (Signal)Output 4 (Signal)Output 5 (Signal)Output 6 (Signal)Output 7 (Signal)
Output 1 (Return)Output 2 (Return)Output 3 (Return)Output 4 (Return)Output 5 (Return)Output 6 (Return)
Output 8 (Return)
Cable to J3 or J4connector in I/Orack for VAOCboard
Screw Connections
Euro Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
DIN-rail mounting
Output 7 (Return)
SCOM
Chassis Ground Chassis Ground
Screw Connections
Figure 9-36. DTAO Wiring and Cabling
9-66 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VCCC/TBCI - Contact InputsThe Contact Input/Relay Output Board (VCCC) with its associated daughter board,accepts 48 discrete inputs and controls 24 relay outputs. VCCC is a double widthmodule and connects to two sets of J3/J4 plugs via the VME backplane as shown inFigure 9-37. The Contact Input Terminal board (TBCI) accepts 24 dry contactinputs, and two boards are required to support 48 inputs. The Relay Output Terminalboard (TRLY) controls 12 relays and is described in the next section.
VCRC is a single slot version of VCCC with the same functionality. Contact inputcables plug into the front of the board, as discussed in the VCRC section.
VME Rack
VCCCBoard
VCCCDaughter Board
J1
J2 J2
J3 J3
J4 J4
Backplane Wiring
Terminal Boards
Backplane Cable Connectors
JA1
JT1
JS1
TRLYRelay/SolOutputs12 perboard
TB3 JF1 JF2Power Plugs
JG1PowerPlug
JT1
JS1
JR1
TBCIContactInputs24 perboard
JE1 JE2Power Plugs
JA1
JT1
JS1
TRLYRelay/SolOutputs12 perboard
TB3 JF1 JF2Power Plugs
JG1PowerPlug
JT1
JS1
JR1
TBCIContactInputs24 perboard
JE1 JE2Power Plugs
Figure 9-37. Boards and Cabling for Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs, Simplex
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-67
The first 24 dry contact inputs are wired to two barrier type blocks on the TBCI, anda second terminal board is required for inputs 25 − 48. Dc power for the contacts isprovided. Contact inputs have noise suppression circuitry to protect against surgeand high frequency noise. Cables with molded plugs connect the terminal board tothe VME rack where the VCCC processor board is located, as shown in Figure 9-38.
VME Bus to VCMI
TBCI Contact Input Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack R
Barrier Type TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
ShieldBar
2468
1012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
Cable to VMERack S
Cable to VMERack T
JE2JE1
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VCCC
VCCC VME Board
J3
J4
J3
J4
Cable fromSecond TBCI
To RelayOutput Boards
12 ContactInputs
12 ContactInputs
Figure 9-38. Contact Input Terminal board, I/O Board, and Cabling
9-68 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
OperationThe VCCC passes the input voltages through optical isolators and transfers thesignals over the VME backplane to the VCMI. The VCMI then sends them to thecontroller. The contact input processing is shown in Figure 9-39.
The dry contact inputs are powered from a floating 125 V dc (100 − 145 V dc)supply from the turbine control. Power converters convert the 115/230 V ac and/or125 V dc power sources to a redundant, internal 125 V dc bus to power theelectronics. The 125 V dc bus is current limited in the Power Distribution Moduleprior to feeding each contact input.
Contact Input Board VCCC
Terminal Board TBCI
JR1
From PowerDistributionModule <PDM>125 VdcPower Source
NoiseSuppr-ession
<R> Rack
JE2
JE1(+)
(+)
(-)
(-)
Floating
Field Contact
Field Contact
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
(-)
Ref.
P5
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Field Contact
Field Contact
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
(-)
Optical Isolation
J3
J4
Contact Inputs from SecondTBCI Terminal Board
24 Contact Inputs perTerminal Board
Total of 48 circuits
ID
BCOM
BCOM
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Figure 9-39. Contact Input Processing, Simplex
A pair of termination points is provided for each input with one point (screw)providing the positive dc source and the second point providing the return (input) tothe board. The current loading is 2.5 mA per point for 21 of the inputs on eachterminal board, and the other three have a 10 mA load to support interface withremote solid-state output electronics.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-69
Each input is optically isolated and sampled at frame rate for control functions, andat 1ms for sequence of events (SOE) reporting. A 4 ms hardware filter is used, andnoise rejection is 60 V rms at 125 V dc excitation. Contact input circuitry is designedfor NEMA Class G creepage and clearance.
For TMR applications contact input voltages are fanned out to three VME boardracks R, S, and T via plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1, as shown in Figure 9-40. The signalsare processed by the three VCCC and the results voted by the VCMI board in eachcontroller rack.
Terminal Board TBCI
JR1
From PowerDistributionModule <PDM>125 V dcPower Source
NoiseSuppr-ession
JE2
JE1(+)
(+)
(-)
(-)
Floating
Field Contact
Field Contact
Field Contact
(+)
(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
Field Contact
Field Contact
Field Contact
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
JS1
JT1
<R><S>
Shown for <R>
<T>
Ref.
P5
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Each contact input terminates on onepoint and is fanned to <R>, <S>, and <T>
Optical IsolationJ3
J3
J3
From Second TBCI
J4
VME Racks
24 Contact Inputs per Terminal Board.
Total of 48 circuits
Contact Input Board VCCC
BCOM
BCOM
ID
BCOMID
BCOM
ID
ID
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Figure 9-40. Contact Input Processing, TMR
9-70 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Features
Sequence of EventsHigh speed scanning and recording at 1 ms rate is available for inputs monitoringimportant turbine variables. The sequence of events recorder reports all contactopenings and closures with a time resolution of 1 ms. Contact chatter and pulsewidths down to 6 ms are reported.
Noise FilteringFilters reduce high frequency noise and suppress surge on each input near the pointof signal exit. Noise and contact bounce is filtered with a 4 ms filter. AC voltagerejection (50/60 Hz) is 60 V rms with 125 V dc excitation.
Front panelThree LEDs at the top of the VCCC front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.
Specification
Table 9-20. VCCC Specification
Item Specification
Number of Channels 48 dry contact voltage input channels (24 per terminal board)
Excitation Voltage Nominal 125 V dc, floating, ranging from 100 to 145 V dc
Input Current For 125 V dc applications:First 21 circuits draw 2.5 mA (50 kohms)Last three circuits draw 10 mA (12.5 kohms)
Isolation Optical Isolation to 1500 volts on all inputs
Input Filter Hardware filter, 4 ms
AC Voltage Rejection 60 V rms @ 50/60 Hz at 125 V dc excitation
Frame Rate System dependent scan rate for control purposes1,000 Hz scan rate for Sequence of Events monitoring
Power consumption 20.6 watts on the terminal boardNA watts in the VCCC board
Fault detection Loss of contact input excitation voltageNon-responding contact input in test modeUnplugged cable
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, the VCCC is configured using the toolbox. This software usuallyruns on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Table 9-21summarizes configuration choices and defaults. Refer to GEH-6403, Control SystemToolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-71
Table 9-21. Typical VCCC (Contact Input) Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Enable all System Limit Checking Enable, Disable
J3A:IS200TBCIH1A Terminal board connected to VCCC from J3 Connected, Not Connected
Contact01 First contact of 24 on first terminal board -Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
Contact Input Select contact input Used, Unused
Signal Invert Inversion makes signal true if contact open Normal, Invert
Sequence of Events Select input for sequence of events scanning Enable, Disable
Signal Filter Contact Input Filter in msec 0, 10, 20, 50
J4A:IS200TBCIH1A Terminal board connected to VCCC from J4 Connected, Not Connected
Contact01 First contact of 24 on second terminal board -Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
Card Points Signals Description-Enter Signal Connection Name Direction Type
L3DIAG_VCCC1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VCCC2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VCCC3 Card Diagnostic(For relay output points, see TRLY)
Input BIT
DiagnosticsThe dry (isolated) external contacts are monitored, and also the excitation voltage. Ifthe excitation drops to below 40% of the nominal voltage, a diagnostic alarm is setand latched. All inputs associated with this TB are forced to the open contact (failsafe) state. Any input that fails the diagnostic test is forced to the failsafe state.
If any one of the 48 inputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm,L3DIAG_VCCC occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from thetoolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with theRESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Each terminal board connector has its own ID device which is interrogated by theI/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containing the board serialnumber, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connector location. Referto GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VI System Guide, Chapter 8, Troubleshooting andDiagnostics
InstallationThe 24 dry contact inputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted onthe terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield termination strip attached to chassisground is located immediately to the left of each terminal block. The 125 V dcexcitation voltage is cabled in through plugs JE1 and JE2, as shown in Figure 9-41.
9-72 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Contact Input Terminal Board TBCI
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 1 (Positive)Input 2 (Positive)Input 3 (Positive)Input 4 (Positive)Input 5 (Positive)Input 6 (Positive)Input 7 (Positive)Input 8 (Positive)Input 9 (Positive)Input 10 (Positive)Input 11 (Positive)Input 12 (Positive)
Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (Return)
Input 8 (Return)Input 9 (Return)Input 10(Return)Input 11(Return)Input 12(Return)
Input 7 (Return)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Input 13 (Positive)Input 14 (Positive)Input 15 (Positive)Input 16 (Positive)Input 17 (Positive)Input 18 (Positive)Input 19 (Positive)Input 20 (Positive)Input 21 (Positive)Input 22 (Positive)Input 23 (Positive)Input 24 (Positive)
Input 13 (Return)Input 14 (Return)Input 15 (Return)Input 16 (Return)Input 17 (Return)Input 18 (Return)
Input 20 (Return)Input 21 (Return)Input 22 (Return)Input 23 (Return)Input 24 (Return)
Input 19 (Return)
JE1 JE2
JT1
JS1
JR1
Contact ExcitationSource, 125 Vdc
To Rack T
To Rack S
To Rack R
1
3
1
3
Inputs 22, 23, 24are 10 mA, allothers are 2.5 mA
Figure 9-41. TBCI Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-73
VCCC/TICI - Isolated Digital InputsThe Isolated Digital Input terminal board (TICI) is an input board which works withVCCC (but not VCRC) in a similar way to TBCI. TICI provides voltage detectioncircuits to detect a range of voltages across relay contacts, fuses, and switches, asshown in Figure 9-42.
FeaturesThe TICI is similar to the TBCI, except for the following items:• TICI input voltage ranges are:
− 70 − 145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc, with a detection threshold of 39 to 61 Vdc
− 200 − 250 V dc, nominal 250 V dc, with a detection threshold of 39 to61 V dc
− 90 − 132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection thresholdof 35 to 76 V ac
− 190 − 264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz, with a detection thresholdof 35 to 76 V ac
• Input hardware filtering is provided using time delays of 15 msec, nominal:− For dc applications the time delay is 15 ± 8 msec− For ac applications the time delay is 15 ± 13 msec
• In addition to hardware filters, the contact input state is software filtered usingconfigurable time delays, selected from 0, 10, 20, 50, and 100 msec. For acinputs, a filter of at least 10 ms is recommended.
Auto
Run
V acSupply TICI Terminal Board
VoltageSensingCircuit
Customer'sLoad/Motor
Figure 9-42. TICI Sensing Available Control Voltage Across Device
The following restrictions should be noted regarding creepage and clearance on the230 V rms application:• For NEMA requirements: 230 V single-phase• For CE Mark: 230 V single or 3-phase
Refer to the section Contact Inputs TBCI for information on monitoring dry(isolated) contact inputs, and on the VCCC board.
9-74 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DTCI - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Contact Input TerminalBoardVCRC is a single-width boardand is preferred to VCCC.
The DTCI board is a compact contact input terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. The DTCI board has 24 contact inputs with a nominal excitation of 24 Vdc, and connects to the VCRC processor board with a single 37-pin cable, as shownin Figure 9-43. This cable is identical to those used on the larger TBCI terminalboard. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on a DIN-rail to conservecabinet space. Two DTCI boards can be connected to the VCRC for a total of 48contact inputs. Only a Simplex version of this board is available.
The function and on-board signal conditioning are the same as those on TBCI,except they are scaled for 24 V dc. High density Euro Block type terminal blocks arepermanently mounted to the board with two screw connections for the groundconnection (SCOM). The input excitation range is 18 to 32 V dc, and the thresholdvoltage is 50% of the excitation voltage. The ac voltage rejection is 12 V rms.Contact inputs take 2.5 mA nominal current on the first 21 circuits, and 10 mA oncircuits 22 through 24.
Contact Input Board VCRC
<R> Rack
Reference
P5
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Gate
Optical Isolation
J3
J4
Contact Inputs from SecondDTCI Terminal Board
24 Contact Inputs perTerminal Board
Total of 48 circuits
DTCI Board
JR1
24 V dcExcitationPower Source
Noise Supp-ression
(+)
(+)
(-)
(-)
Input 1 Positive
Input 1 Return
Field Contacts (24)
(+)(-)
BCOM
ID
SCOM
5249
5053
51
54
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Input 2 Positive
Input 2 Return
Input 3 Positive
Input 3 Return
Input 4 Return
Input 4 Positive
Input 24 Positive
Input 24 Return
12
34
56
78
47
48
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Figure 9-43. DTCI Board
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-75
InstallationThere is no shieldtermination strip with thisdesign.
The DTCI board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Thecontact inputs are wired directly to the terminal block as shown in Figure 9-44. TheEuro Block type terminal block has 60 terminals and is permanently mounted on theterminal board. Typically #18 AWG wires are used. There are two screws for theSCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible, and sixscrews for the 24 V dc excitation power.
Input 8 (Positive)JR1
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
Input 1 (Positive)Input 2 (Positive)
135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Input 3 (Positive)Input 4 (Positive)Input 5 (Positive)Input 6 (Positive)Input 7 (Positive)
Input 9 (Positive)Input 10 (Positive)Input 11 (Positive)Input 12 (Positive)Input 13 (Positive)Input 14 (Positive)Input 15 (Positive)Input 16 (Positive)Input 17 (Positive)Input 18 (Positive)
Input 1 (Return)Input 2 (Return)Input 3 (Return)Input 4 (Return)Input 5 (Return)Input 6 (Return)
Input 8 (Return)Input 9 (Return)
Input 10 (Return)Input 11 (Return)Input 12 (Return)Input 13 (Return)Input 14 (Return)Input 15 (Return)Input 16 (Return)Input 17 (Return)Input 18 (Return)
Cable to J3 or J4connector in I/Orack for VCRCboard
Screw Connections
Euro Block typeterminal block
Input 19 (Positive)
Input 21 (Positive)
Chassis Ground
Input 7 (Return
Input 19 (Return)Input 20 (Return)
Plastic mountingholderDIN-rail mounting
37394142
3840
48
4446
43454749515354
5052
60
5658
555759
DTCI Board
Input 20 (Positive)
Input 22 (Positive)Input 23 (Positive)Input 24 (Positive)
Input 21 (Return)Input 22 (Return)Input 23 (Return)Input 24 (Return)
Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Negative)
Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Positive)Excitation (Negative)
Contact Excitation24 V dc
SCOM
Chassis GroundExcitation (Negative)
Figure 9-44. DTCI Wiring and Cabling
9-76 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VCCC/TRLYH1B - Relay OutputsThe Contact Input/Relay Output Board (VCCC), with its associated daughter board,controls 24 relay/solenoid outputs. VCCC is a double-width module and connects totwo sets of J3/J4 plugs via the VME backplane as shown in Figure 9-45 below. Themain board controls 12 relays via the Relay Output Terminal board (TRLY). TwoTRLY boards are required for a total of 24 relays.
VCRC is a single slot version of VCCC with the same functionality (except drivingTICI). Relay output cables plug into J3 and J4, as discussed in the VCRC section.
VME Rack
VCCCBoard
VCCCDaughter Board
J1
J2 J2
J3 J3
J4 J4
Backplane Wiring
Terminal Boards
Backplane Cable Connectors
JA1
JT1
JS1
TRLYRelay/SolOutputs12 perboard
TB3 JF1 JF2Power Plugs
JG1PowerPlug
JT1
JS1
JR1
TBCIContactInputs24 perboard
JE1 JE2Power Plugs
JA1
JT1
JS1
TRLYRelay/SolOutputs12 perboard
TB3 JF1 JF2Power Plugs
JG1PowerPlug
JT1
JS1
JR1
TBCIContactInputs24 perboard
JE1 JE2Power Plugs
Figure 9-45. Cabling for Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs, Simplex
TRLY holds twelve plug-in magnetic relays. A second board is required for outputrelays 13-24. Cables with molded fittings connect the terminal board to the VMErack where the VCCC processor board is located, as shown in Figure 9-46. Plug JA1connnects to J3/4 on Simplex systems, and plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1 are used forTMR systems.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-77
Cable to VMERack R
Barrier Type TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
ShieldBar
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
TB3
JF1
x
JS1
JR1
JT1x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VCCC
VME Bus to VCMI
VME Board VCCC
Connectors onVME Rack R
Relay Output Terminal Board TRLY
J3
J4
J3
J4
To Contact Input Board
Cable to VMERack S
Cable to VMERack T
Cables to RelayOutput TerminalBoards
OutputRelays
Fuses
JF2
X
JA1
DaughterBoard
SolenoidPower
SolenoidPower
To SecondTRLY
Figure 9-46. Relay Output Terminal board, I/O Board, and Cabling
OperationFor Simplex operation, cables carry control signals plus monitor feedback voltagesbetween VCCC to TRLY through JA1. Relay drivers, fuses, and jumpers aremounted on the relay board. The first six relay circuits can be jumper configured foreither dry, Form-C contact outputs, or to drive external solenoids. A standard 125 Vdc or 115 V ac source, or an optional 24 V dc source, with on-board suppression canbe provided for solenoid power. This comes in on JF1 (or TB), as shown in Figure9-47. The next five relays (7 − 11) are unpowered isolated Form-C contacts. Output12 is an isolated Form-C contact, used for ignition transformers, for example.
9-78 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
JG1Available forGT Ignition Transformers(6 Amp at 120 Vac 3 Amp at 240 Vac)
13
DryContact,Form-C
"5" of these circuits
NC
NO
Com
K7K7
K7
27
26
25
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B
JR1
J3/4
P28V
K1
VCCCRelayOutput
Coil
RD
"12" of the above circuits
<R>
JS1
JT1
JA1
ID
ID
Sol"1" of these circuits 48
Normal PowerSource,pluggable(7 Amp)
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
SpecialCircuit
NO
NC
Com
47
46
45
AlternatePower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or240 V ac
Sol"6" of the above circuits
N125/24 Vdc
+
-
FieldSolenoid4
K1
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
P125/24 V dcJP1
Dry
ID
FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
PowerDaisy-Chain Monitor
>14 Vdc>60 Vac
Monitor>14 Vdc>60 Vac
K12
K12K12
Monitor Select
<R>
K#
Output 01
Output 07
Output 12
RelayDriver
Figure 9-47. Relay Output Board, Simplex
For TMR applications, relay control signals are fanned into TRLY from the threeVME board racks R, S, and T through plugs JR1, JS1, and JT1. These signals arevoted and the result controls the corresponding relay driver. Power for the relay coilscomes in from all three racks and is diode shared, as shown in Figure 9-48.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-79
JG1Available forGT Ignition Transformers(6 Amp at 120 Vac 3 Amp at 240 Vac)
13
DryContact,Form-C
"5" of these circuits
NC
NO
Com
K7K7
K7
27
26
25
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1B
JR1J3/4
P28V
K1
VCCCRelayOutput
Coil
RD
"12" of the above circuits
<T><S>
<R>
JS1
JT1
Same for<S>
Same for<T>
J3/4
J3/4
JA1
ID
ID
Sol"1" of these circuits 48
Normal PowerSource,pluggable(7 Amp)
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
SpecialCircuit
NO
NC
Com
47
46
45
AlternatePower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or240 V ac
Sol"6" of the above circuits
N125/24 Vdc
+
-
FieldSolenoid4
K1
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
P125/24 V dc
Dry
ID
FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
PowerDaisy-Chain Monitor
>14 Vdc>60 Vac
Monitor>14 Vdc>60 Vac
<R>
K12
K12K12
Monitor Select
JP1
K#
Output 01
Output 07
Output 12
RelayDriver
Figure 9-48. Relay Output Board, TMR
FeaturesRelays are driven at the frame rate. For system powered solenoids, the excitationvoltage is monitored and an alarm is latched if this voltage drops below 12 V dc.Each relay coil current is also monitored and if it does not agree with the controlsignal an alarm is latched.
9-80 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Relay CharacteristicsRelays have a 3.0 Amp rating. The rated contact to contact voltage is 500 V ac forone minute, and the rated coil to contact voltage is 1,500 V ac for one minute. Thetypical time to operate is 10 ms.
Failsafe OutputsThe relay outputs have failsafe features so that when a cable is unplugged, the inputsvote to de-energize the corresponding relays. Similarly, if communication with theassociated VME board is lost, the relays de-energize.
Front panelThree LEDs at the top of the VCCC front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but shows a steady orange if a diagnostic alarm condition exists in theboard.
DiagnosticsThe output of each relay (coil current) is monitored and checked against thecommand, at the frame rate. If there is no agreement for two consecutive checks, analarm is latched. The solenoid excitation voltage is monitored downstream of thefuses and an alarm is latched if it falls below 12 Volts (ac or dc).
If any one of the 12 outputs goes unhealthy a composite diagnostic alarm,L3DIAG_VCCC occurs. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from thetoolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with theRESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Each of the three terminal board connectors have their own ID device which isinterrogated by the I/O board. The board ID is coded into a read-only chip containingthe board serial number, board type, revision number, and the JR1/JS1/JT1 connectorlocation.
Specification
Table 9-21. VCCC Relay Output Specification
Item Specification
Number of Relay Channels onone TRLY board
12 relays: 6 relays with optional solenoid driver voltages5 relays with dry contacts only1 relay with 7 Amp rating
VCCC total is 24 relays on two TRLY boards
Rated Voltage on Relays a: Nominal 125 V dc or 24 V dcb: Nominal 120 V ac or 240 V ac
Max Load Current a: 0.6 Amp for 125 V dc operationb: 3.0 Amp for 24 V dc operation;c: 3.0 Amp for 120/240 V ac, 50/60 Hz operation
Max response Time On 25 ms typical
Max response Time Off 25 ms typical
Contact Material Silver cad-oxide
Contact Life Electrical operations: 100,000Mechanical operations: 10,000,000
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-81
Fault detection Loss of relay solenoid excitation current or coil currentdisagreement with command.Unplugged cable or loss of communication with VME board.Relays deenergize if communication with associated VMEboard is lost.
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, the VCCC module is configured using the Control SystemToolbox. This software usually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITYstation or workstation. Table 9-22 summarizes the configuration choices anddefaults. Refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VITurbine Controller.
Table 9-22. Typical VCCC Relay Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Select System Limits Enable, Disable
J3:IC200TRLYH1B Terminal board 1 connected to VCCC via J3 Connected, Not Connected
Relay01 First Relay Output (from first set of 12 relays) - CardPoint
Point Edit (Output BIT)
Relay Output Select Relay Output Used, Unused
FuseDiag Enable fuse diagnostic Enable, Disable
Relay01Fdbk Relay 01 Contact Voltage (first set of 12 relays) -Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
Contact Input Configurable Item:slot# Used, Unused
Signal Invert Inversion makes Signal True if contact is open Normal, Invert
Signal Filter Contact Input filter in msec 0, 10, 20, 50
J4:IC200TRLYH1B Terminal board 2 connected to VCCC via J4 Connected, not connected
Relay01 Relay Output 1 (second set of 12 relays) - CardPoint
Point Edit (Output BIT)
Relay01Fdbk Relay 1 Contact Voltage (second set of 12 relays)- Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
Card Points Signals Description- Enter Signal Connection Name Direction Type
L3DIAG_VCCC1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VCCC2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VCCC3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
For VCCC contact input points, see TBCI section.
InstallationThe customer�s 12 relay outputs are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocksmounted on the terminal board as shown in Figure 9-49. Each block is held downwith two screws and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires.
9-82 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to theleft of each terminal block. Solenoid power for outputs 1−6 is plugged to JF1normally. JF2 can be used to daisy-chain power to other TRLYs. Alternativelycustomer power may be wired directly into TB3 when power is not plugged intoJF1/JF2. JG1 provides power to customer�s special solenoid, Output 12.
Jumpers JP1−JP6 are removed in the factory and shipped in a plastic bag. Reinstallthe appropriate jumper if power to a field solenoid is required. These jumpers (JP1-6) are for isolation of the monitor circuit when used on isolated contact applications.The fuses should also be removed for this application to ensure that suppressionleakage is removed from the power bus.
Relay Output Terminal BoardTRLYH1B
To Connectors JA1, JR1, JS1, JT1
JF1 JF21
3
1
3
1
4
2
3
Customer Power
Customer Return
JG1
Output 01 (NC)Output 01 (NO)Output 02 (NC)
-
-
-
-
-
-
FU1
FU2
FU3
FU4
FU5
FU6
Output 01 (COM)
FusesNeg,return
Output 01 (SOL)Output 02 (COM)Output 02 (SOL)Output 03 (COM)Output 03 (SOL)Output 04 (COM)Output 04 (SOL)Output 05 (COM)Output 05 (SOL)Output 06 (COM)Output 06 (SOL)
Output 03 (NC)Output 02 (NO)
Output 03 (NO)Output 04 (NC)Output 04 (NO)Output 05 (NC)Output 05 (NO)Output 06 (NC)Output 06 (NO)
Output 07 (COM)
Output 09 (COM)
Output 08 (COM)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 12 (COM)Output 12 (SOL)
Output 07 (NC)
Output 08 (NC)
Output 09 (NC)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 07 (NO)
Output 08 (NO)
Output 09 (NO)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NO)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power to Special Circuit 12
Out 01
Out 02
Out 03
Out 04
Out 05
Out 06
JF1, JF2, and JG1 are Power Plugs
Powered,FusedSolenoidsForm-C
DryContactsForm-C
SpecialCircuit,Form-C,Ign. Xfmr.
ToConnectorsJA1, JR1,JS1, JT1
+
+
+
+
+
+
FU7
FU8
FU9
FU10
FU11
FU12 JP6
JP5
JP4
JP3
JP2
JP1
JumperChoices:Power (JPx)or DryContact (Dry)
PowerSource
Alternative CustomerPower Wiring
x x x x
4321
TB3
N125/24 Vdc
P125/24 Vdc
Relays
FusesPos, High
Power
Return
Figure 9-49. TRLY Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-83
VCCC/TRLYH1C - Relay Outputs with Voltage SensingRelay contact voltage detection is available with the optional TRLYH1C relayterminal board. TRLYH1C is driven by VCCC (or VCRC) in the same way asTRLY, and has the same 12 output relays. Voltage sensing is done with 24 smallvoltage monitor boards as shown in Figure 9-50. Individual voltage monitors can beisolated by removing a jumper.
FeaturesTRLYH1C is the same as the standard TRLY board except for the following:• Six jumpers for converting the solenoid outputs to dry contact type are removed.
These jumpers were associated with the fuse monitoring.• Input relay coil monitoring is removed from the 12 relays.• Relay contact voltage monitoring is added to the 12 relays. Individual
monitoring circuits have voltage suppression, and can be isolated by removingtheir associated jumper.
• High frequency snubbers are installed across the NO and Sol terminals on thesix solenoid driver circuits and on the special circuit, output 12.
The contact voltage ranges for the monitors are as follows:• 16-32 V dc, nominal 24 V dc• 70-145 V dc, nominal 125 V dc• 90-132 V rms, nominal 115 V rms, 47-63 Hz• 190-264 V rms, nominal 230 V rms, 47-63 Hz
The threshold voltage ranges for the monitors are as follows:• 24 V dc applications: 10 to 16 V dc• 125 V dc applications: 40 to 65 V dc• 115/230 V ac applications: 45 to 72 V ac
The contact input state is software filtered using time delays.
9-84 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
JG1Available forGT Ignition Transformers(6 Amp at 120 Vac 3 Amp at 240 Vac)
13
Relay Terminal Board - TRLYH1C
JR1J3/4
P28V
VCCCRelayOutput
RD
"12" of the above circuits
<T><S>
<R>
JS1
JT1
Same for<S>
Same for<T>
J3/4
J3/4
JA1
ID
ID
"1" of these circuits
Normal PowerSource,pluggable(7 Amp)
JF1
JF2
TB312
34
1
3
13
AlternatePower, 20 A24 V dc or125 V dc or115 V ac or240 V ac "6" of these
circuitsN125/24 Vdc
P125/24 V dc
ID
FU7
3.15 Ampslow-blow
FU1
PowerDaisy-Chain Monitor
>14 Vdc>60 Vac
Monitor>14 Vdc>60 Vac
<R>
Monitor Select
DryContactForm-C
"5" of these circuits
NC
NO
Com
K7K7
K7
27
26
25
K1
Sol 48
SpecialCircuit
NO
NC
Com
47
46
45
Sol
FieldSolenoid4
K1
NC
Com 2
1
K1
NO 3
K12
K12K12
K#
+
-
JP1
JP7
JP12
Snub
Snub
Output 01
Output 07
Output 12
CoilRelayDriver
Figure 9-50. Relay Output Board with Contact Voltage Sensing
InstallationTRLYH1C wiring is the same as for TRLY, but the jumpers are different. It is notpossible to jumper convert the solenoid driver circuits to isolated output contacts, butthe two fuses can be removed for this purpose. Twelve jumpers are available toisolate the contact voltage monitors. The default is jumper in place, and isolation isby removing the jumper. The board is shown in Figure 9-51.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-85
Relay Output Terminal BoardTRLYH1C (Contact Voltage Sensing)
CableConnectorsJA1, JR1,JS1, JT1
x x x x
4321
TB3 JF1 JF21
3
1
3
CustomerPower
CustomerReturn
Output 01 (NC)Output 01 (NO)Output 02 (NC)
-
-
-
-
-
-
FU1
FU2
FU3
FU4
FU5
FU6
Output 01 (COM)
FusesNeg,Return
Output 01 (SOL)Output 02 (COM)Output 02 (SOL)Output 03 (COM)Output 03 (SOL)Output 04 (COM)Output 04 (SOL)Output 05 (COM)Output 05 (SOL)Output 06 (COM)Output 06 (SOL)
Output 03 (NC)Output 02 (NO)
Output 03 (NO)Output 04 (NC)Output 04 (NO)Output 05 (NC)Output 05 (NO)Output 06 (NC)Output 06 (NO)
Output 07 (COM)
Output 09 (COM)
Output 08 (COM)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 12 (COM)Output 12 (SOL)
Output 07 (NC)
Output 08 (NC)
Output 09 (NC)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 07 (NO)
Output 08 (NO)
Output 09 (NO)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NO)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power to Circuit 12
Powered,FusedSolenoidsForm-C
DryContactsForm-C
SpecialCircuit,Form-C,Ign. Xfmr.
+
+
+
+
+
+
FU7
FU8
FU9
FU10
FU11
FU12
JP2 Solenoid
1
4
2
3
JG1
JP7
JP8
JP9
JP10
JP11
JP12
Relays
JP1 Solenoid
JP3 Solenoid
JP4 Solenoid
JP5 Solenoid
JP6 Solenoid
Dry Contact
Dry Contact
Dry Contact
Dry Contact
Dry Contact
Special Circuit
Out 01
Out 02
Out 03
Out 04
Out 05
Out 06
PowerReturn
Alternative CustomerPower Wiring
N125/24 Vdc
P125/24 Vdc
PowerSource
FusesPos,High
Figure 9-51. TRLYH1C (Voltage Sensing) Terminal Board Wiring
9-86 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VCRC - Contact Input/Relay Output BoardThe VCRC board has the same functionality as the VCCC board but takes up onlyone VME slot. The VCCC daughter board is not required, and two front panelconnectors, J33 and J44, accept the contact inputs from the TBCI boards. Relayoutputs on TRLY use the J3 and J4 ports on the VME rack, as shown in Figure 9-52.VCRC does not support the TICI contact voltage sensing board.
P1
P2
37
37
VCRCSingle WidthFront Panel
J33
J44
JT1
JS1
JR1
TBCIContactInputs24 perboard
JT1
JS1
JR1
TBCIContactInputs24 perboard
TerminalBoards
JA1
JT1
JS1
TRLYRelay/SolOutputs12 perboard
JA1
JT1
JS1
TRLYRelay/SolOutputs12 perboard
VMEbackplanewiring
J3
J4
Figure 9-52. VCRC with Boards and Cabling to Contact Inputs and Relay Outputs
The VCRC firmware, configuration, and specifications are the same as for theVCCC board. Cabling to TBCI is shown in Figure 9-53.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-87
TBCI Contact Input Terminal Board
Cable to VMERack R
Connectorson VMERack R
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
Shield Bar
24681012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS1
JR1
JT1
Cable to VMERack S
Cable to VMERack T
JE2JE1
Cable from Second TBCI
To Relay Output Boards
12 ContactInputs
12ContactInputs
VME Bus to VCMI
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VCRC
J3
J4
VCRC VME Board
J33
J44
Figure 9-53. VCRC with Contact Input Board and Cabling
9-88 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DRLYH1A and DRLYH1B - Simplex Wall Mounted RelayOutput Terminal BoardsVCRC is a single-width boardand is preferred to the VCCC.
There are two versions of the DRLY terminal board, IS200DRLYH1A andIS200DRLYH1B. The IS200DRLYH1B is certified by UL to UL-1604 Class 1,Groups A and B, Temperature Class T4, Division 2. This certification is commonlyreferred to as Class 1 Div. 2. The DRLYH1A has high powered relay contacts thanDRLYH1B.
Certification under UL-1604 Class 1, Groups A and B, Temperature Class T4,Division 2 certifies the following:• That the DSVO can operate in hazardous locations where acetylene and
hydrogen (groups A and B) may be present (class 1), but not likely to existunder normal operating conditions (division 2).
• That no part on the board will exceed 135 °C with the terminal board ambienttemperature at its maximum 65 °C (temperature class T4).
Note Turbine fuel is not specifically addressed by UL-1604, but UL equates turbinefuel to the acetylene and hydrogen groups (A and B) in terms of volatility andflammability.
The DRLY board is a compact relay output terminal board, designed for wallmounting (not DIN-rail mounting). The board has 12 output relays, each with oneForm-C contact, and connects to the VCRC processor board with a single 37-pincable, as shown in Figure 9-54. The 37-pin cable is identical to those used on thelarger TRLY terminal board. Two DRLY boards can be connected to the VCRC fora total of 24 contact outputs. Only a Simplex version of this board is available.Solenoid source power is not included, and there is one set of dry contacts per relay,(there are two NO contacts in series). The relay outputs meet NEMA Class B 300 Vcreepage and clearance. Unlike TRLY, there is no on-board suppression, and norelay state monitoring.
Table 9-23A lists the output ratings for the DRLYH1A board and Table 9-23B liststhe output ratings for the DRLYH1B board. The DRLYH1A is designed for generalpurpose use and has ratings covering most applications, whereas the DRLYH1Brelay is sealed and has smaller contacts for Class 1 Div. 2 applications. An on-boardID chip identifies the board to the VCRC for system diagnostic purposes
LED COIL
RelayDriver
P28V
JR1
DRLY Board
From J3 or J4on I/O rack,from VCRCboard
NC
COM
NO
Output 1of 12 DryContactOutputs
12 of the above circuitsID
1
2
SCOM
TB1
TB2
1
3
5
RD
P28 OK
Figure 9-54. Wall Mounted DRLY Board
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-89
Table 9-23A. DRLYH1A Output Specifications
Application Conditions Output Specification
Environment 0 � 65 C ambient General purpose
GeneralRequirements
Safety, electrical, environmental,packaging
See GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VISystem Guide Chapter 4, Codes andStandards
28 V dc Resistive loadInductive load without suppression
10 A2 A, L/R = 7 ms
125 V dc Resistive loadInductive load without suppressionInductive load, MOV suppressionacross load, 2 contacts used in serieson the same relay
0.5 A0.2 A, L/R = 7 ms0.65 A, L/R = 150 ms
120 V ac Resistive loadInductive load without suppressionMotor load
10 A2 A, 10 A inrush, PF = 0.41/3 Hp
240 V ac Resistive loadInductive load without suppressionMotor load
3 A2 A, 10 A inrush, PF = 0.41/2 Hp
Response Time OperateRelease
15 ms typical10 ms typical
Table 9-23B. DRLYH1B Output Specifications
Application Conditions Output Specification
Environment 0 � 65 C ambient Class 1, Div. 2
GeneralRequirements
Safety, electrical, environmental,packaging
See GEH-6421C, Vol. I Mark VISystem Guide Chapter 4, Codes andStandards
28 V dc Resistive load 2 A
125 V dc Resistive load 0.5 A
120 V ac Resistive load 1 A
240 V ac Resistive load 0.5 A
Maximumswitching voltage
Dc, resistive loadAc, resistive load
220 V dc250 V rms
Maximumoperating current
Dc, resistive loadAc, resistive load
2 A dc2 A rms
Maximumswitching capacity
Dc, resistive loadAc, resistive load
60 watts125 VA
Response Time OperateRelease
3 ms typical2 ms typical
9-90 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
InstallationThere is no shield terminationstrip with this design.
The DRLY board is supported on a metal plate, which can be wall mounted withfour screws. The 12 relay outputs are wired directly to the odd-numbered screws onthe terminal blocks as shown in Figure 9-55. The high-density Euro Block typeterminal blocks can be plugged into the numbered receptacles on the board. Thereare two separate screws on TB2 for the SCOM (chassis ground) connection, whichshould be as short a distance as possible.
123456789
101112
131415161718192021222324
252627282930313233343536
373839404142434445464748
495051525354555657585960
616263646566676869707172
K1
K8
K2
K3
K4
K5
K6
K7
K9
K10
K11
K12
TB2SCOMOutput 1 (NC)
Output 1 (COM)
Output 1 (NO)
Output 2 (NC)
Output 2 (COM)
Output 2 (NO)
Output 3 (NC)
Output 3 (COM)
Output 3 (NO)
Output 4 (NC)
Output 4 (COM)
Output 4 (NO)
Output 5 (NC)
Output 5 (COM)
Output 5 (NO)
Output 6 (NC)
Output 6 (COM)
Output 6 (NO)
Output 7 (NC)
Output 7 (COM)
Output 7 (NO)
Output 8 (NC)
Output 8 (NO)
Output 8 (COM)
Output 9 (NC)
Output 9 (NO)
Output 9 (COM)
Output 10 (NC)
Output 10 (COM)
Output 10 (NO)
Output 11 (NC)
Output 11 (COM)
Output 11 (NO)
Output 12 (NC)
Output 12 (COM)
Output 12 (NO)
1 2
JR1
Cable from J3 or J4on I/O rack, fromVCRC board
LED relaystate indicator
TB1
DRLY Board
MountingHoles
37-pin "D" shellconnector
Screw ConnectionsScrew Connections
P28 OK LED
Figure 9-55. DRLY Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-91
VSVO/TSVO - Servo/LVDTThe Servo Board (VSVO) controls four electrohydraulic servo valves that actuate thesteam/fuel valves. These four channels are divided between two TSVO terminalboards. Valve position is measured with linear variable differential transformers(LVDT). Three cables to VSVO use the J5 plug on the front of the board and theJ3/4 connectors on the VME rack, as shown in Figure 9-56. TSVO provides simplexsignals via the JR1 connector, and fans out TMR signals to the JR, JS, and JTconnectors. Plugs JD1 or JD2 are for an external trip from the protection module.
VME Bus to VCMI
TSVO Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack R
Cables to VMERack S
Cables to VMERack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VSVO
J3
J4
VSVO VME Board
Barrier Type TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
ShieldBar
x
x
JS1
JS5
JR5
JT1
JT5
JR1
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
From Second TSVO
Externaltrip
JD2JD1
J5
Figure 9-56. Servo/LVDT Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
9-92 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
OperationThe servo board provides four channels consisting of bi-directional servo currentoutputs, LVDT position feedback, LVDT excitation, and pulse rate flow inputs. TheTSVO provides excitation for, and accepts inputs from, up to six LVDT valveposition inputs. There is a choice of one, two, three, or four LVDTs for each servocontrol loop. If three inputs are used they are voted in a median selector. Two pulserate inputs are available for gas turbine flow measuring applications, and thesesignals come through TSVO and go directly to the VSVO board front at J5. Theseinputs are shown in Figure 9-57, and the outputs in Figure 9-58.
Each servo output is equipped with an individual suicide relay under firmwarecontrol that shorts the VSVO output to signal common when de-energized, andrecovers to nominal limits after a manual reset command is issued. Diagnosticsmonitor the output status of each servo voltage, current, and suicide relay.
J3
Capacity6 LVDT/R inputs on each of 2 TerminationBoards, and total of 2 active/passivemagnetic pickups.
3.2k Hz,7 V rmsExcitationSource
LVDT
Pulse RateInputsActive Probes0 - 12 k Hz
or LVDR
Pulse RateInputs,MagneticPickups0 - 12 k Hz
P24V1
(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVOs)
PRTTL
P24VR1
P24V2
PRMPU
P24VR2
P1TTL
<R> Control Module
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D Regulator
Application Software
3.2KHz
J3
SuicideRelay
P28V
ConfigurableGain
PulseRate
Connectoron front ofVSVOboard
J5
To ServoOutputs
Excitation
ToSecondTSVO
To TSVO
VoltageLimit
Servo Driver
D/A
JR5
TerminationBoard TSVOH1B(Input portion)
CurrentLimit
43
44
6 Ckts.
1
2
SCOM
41
42
39
(
Noise Suppr.
CL4546
48
47 (
40
JR1
P28VR
P28V
P1H
P1L
LVDT1H
LVDT1L
P2TTL
P2H
P2L
DigitalServoRegulator
D/A ConverterA/D Converter
Figure 9-57. LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, Simplex
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-93
Each of the servo output channels can drive either one or two-coil servos in Simplexapplications, or two or three-coil servos in TMR applications. The two-coil TMRapplications are for 200# oil gear systems where each of two control modules driveone coil each, and the third control module has no servo coil interface. Servo cablelengths up to 300 meters (984 feet) are supported with a maximum two-way cableresistance of 15 ohms. Since there are many types of servo coils, a variety of bi-directional current sources are jumper selectable, as shown in Figure 9-58.
The primary and emergencyoverspeed systems will tripthe hydraulic solenoidsindependent of this circuit
Another trip override relay K1 is provided on each terminal board which is drivenfrom the <P> Protection Module. If an emergency overspeed condition is detected inthe Protection Module, the K1 relay will energize and disconnect the VSVO servooutput from the terminal block and apply a bias to drive the control valve closed.This is only used on Simplex applications to protect against the servo amplifierfailing high, and is functional only with respect to the servo coils driven from <R>.
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
ConfigurableGain
P28V
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVO
J5Excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo Driver
Regulator
D/AFromLVDTTSVO
<R>
J3
P28VR
Coil Current Range10,20,40,80,120 ma
22 ohms89 ohms1k ohm
3.2KHz,7V rmsExcitationSourcefor LVDTs
JR1
Terminal BoardTSVOH1B (continued)
JP1
2 Ckts.
P28VR
JD2
JD1 Trip input from<P> Module(J1)
12
Servo coil from<R>
2 Ckts.
12
10204080
120120B
25
31
26
1 kohm
17
18
ToSecondTSVO
K1
SCOM
SCOM
SuicideRelay
S1RH
S1SH
S1RL
ER1H
ER1L
NS
NS
NoiseSuppr-ession
DigitalServoRegulator
D/A Converter
A/D Converter
Figure 9-58. Servo Coil and LVDT Outputs, Simplex (continued)
Only two pulse rate probes onone TSVO are used
In TMR applications the LVDT signals on TSVO fan out to three racks via JR1, JS1,and JT1, as shown in Figure 9-59. These connectors also bring power into TSVOwhere the three voltages are diode high-selected and current limited to supply 24 Vdc to the pulse rate active probes.
9-94 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
JR5
TerminalBoard TSVOH1B
(Input Portion)
LVDT
NoiseSuppression
P24V1
6 Ckts.
JS1
JT1
CL
JS5
JT5
P28V
1
2SCOM
Pulse RateInputsActive Probes0 - 12 kHz
43
44
Pulse RateInputs,MagneticPickups0 - 12 kHz
(PR only availableon 1 of 2 TSVOs)
41
42
39
(
P24VR1
CL4546
48
P24V2
P24VR2
47(
40
P1TTL
Diode VoltageSelect
<R>
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
ConfigurableGain
P28V
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVOcard in <R>
J5Excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo Driver
To TSVO
<S><T>
J3
J3
Same for <S>
Same for <T>
J5 in <S>
J5 in <T>
To ServoOutputson TSVO
Regulator
D/A
JR1 J3
P28VR
P28VS
P28VT
3.2k Hz,7 V rmsExcitationSource
LVDT1H
LVDT1L
P1L
P2H
P2L
P2TTL
PRTTL
PRMPU
P1H
DigitalServoRegulator
D/A Converter
A/D Converter
Figure 9-59. LVDT and Pulse Rate Inputs, TMR
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-95
For TMR systems, each servo channel has connections to three output coils with arange of current ratings up to 120 mA, selected by jumper, as shown in Figure 9-60.
<R>
22 ohms89 ohms1k ohm
3.2KHz,7V rmsExcitationSourceFor LVDTs
Trip input from<P> Not Used forTMR
Servo coil from <R>
Servo coil from <S>
3.2KHz,7V rmsExcitationSource
3.2KHz,7V rmsExcitationSourceFor LVDTs
Servo coil from <T>
Servo BoardVSVO
Controller
A/D
Application Software
3.2KHz
J3
SuicideRelay
ConfigurableGain
PulseRate
Connector onfront of VSVO
card
J5Excitation
VoltageLimit
Servo Driver
FromTSVOLVDT
<T><S>
J3
J 3
Regulator
D/A
Servo Current Range10,20,40,80,120 ma
JR1
Terminal BoardTSVOH1B (continued)
JP1
2 Ckts
P28VR
JD2
JD112
JS1
JT1
2 Ckts.
12
10204080
120120B
1 Ckt.
2 Ckts.
10204080
120120BJP2
2 Ckts.
10204080
120120BJP3
1 Ckt.
25
31
26
27
28
29
30
17
18
21
22
23
24
P28VR
S1RH
S1RL
ER1H
ER1L
S1SH
S1SL
ESH
ESL
S1TL
S1TH
ETH
ETL
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Noise Suppression
DigitalServoRegulator
A/D Converter
Figure 9-60. Servo Coil Outputs and LVDT Excitation, TMR
9-96 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
FeaturesThe range of servo coil ratings that can be jumper selected on the terminal board areshown in Table 9-24.
Table 9-24. Servo Coil Ratings
CoilType
NominalCurrent
Coil Resistance(Ohms)
Internal Resistance(Ohms)
Application
1 ± 10 mA 1,000 180 Simplex and TMR
2 ± 20 mA 125 442 Simplex
3 ± 40 mA 62 195 Simplex
4 ± 40 mA 89 195 TMR
5 ± 80 mA 22 115 TMR
6 ± 120 mA (A) 40 46 Simplex
7 ± 120 mA (B) 75 10 TMR
Table 9-24 summarizes the standard servo coil resistance and their associatedinternal resistance, selectable with the terminal board jumpers shown in Figure 3-36.In addition to these standard servo coils, it is possible to drive non-standard coils byusing a non-standard jumper setting. For example, an 80 mA, 125-ohm coil could bedriven by using a jumper setting 120B. The total resistance would be equivalent tothe standard setting.
Regulation of the output current is within 2% of the nominal full scale, whenproperly configured and loaded for the coil resistance specified in the previous table.Resolution over the full-scale range is 12 bits. Servo coil inductance is not aspecified parameter, but it is nominally less than 5 Henries.
Control Valve Position FeedbackValve position is sensed with either a four wire LVDT or a three-wire linear variabledifferential reluctance (LVDR). Redundancy implementations for the feedbackdevices is determined by the application software to allow the maximum flexibility.LVDT/Rs can be mounted up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control witha maximum two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms.
Two LVDT/R excitation sources are located on each terminal board for Simplexapplications and another two for TMR applications. Excitation voltage is 7 V rmsand the frequency is 3.2 kHz with a total harmonic distortion of less than 1% whenloaded. The excitation source is isolated from signal common (floating), and iscapable of operation at common mode voltages up to 35 V dc, or 25 V rms, 50/60Hz.
A typical LVDT/R has an output of 0.7 V rms as the zero stroke position of the valvestem, and an output of 3.5 V rms at the designed maximum stroke position (someapplications have these reversed). The LVDT/R input is converted to dc andconditioned with a low pass filter. Diagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limitcheck on the input signal and a high/low system (software) limit check. The softwarelimit check is adjustable in the field.
Pulse Rate InputsTwo pulse rate inputs are cabled to a single J5 connector on the VSVO board front.This is a dedicated connection to minimize noise sensitivity on the pulse rate inputs.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-97
Inputs support both passive magnetic pickups and active pulse rate transducers (TTLtype) interchangeably without configuration. Normally, these inputs are not used onsteam turbine applications, but are usually for liquid fuel flow measurement, andmonitoring flow divider feedback in gas turbine applications. Pulse rate inputs can belocated up to 300 meters (984 feet) from the turbine control cabinet; this assumesshielded-pair cable is used with typically 70 nF single-ended or 35 nF differentialcapacitance and 15 ohms resistance.
A frequency range of 2 to 12 kHz can be monitored at a normal sampling rate ofeither 10 or 20 ms. Magnetic pickups typically have an output resistance of 200ohms and an inductance of 85 mH excluding cable characteristics. The transducer isa high impedance source, generating energy levels insufficient to cause a spark. Themaximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA with a maximum poweroutput of 1 watt.
Front panelThree LEDs at the top of the VSVO front panel provide status information. Thenormal RUN condition is a flashing green, and FAIL is a solid red. The third LED isnormally off but displays a steady orange if an alarm condition exists in the board.
Specification
Table 9-25. Specification
Item Specification
Number of Inputs (per TSVO) 6 LVDT windings2 Pulse Rate signals (total of 2 per VSVO)External trip signal
Number of Outputs (per TSVO) 2 Servo Valves (total of 4 per VSVO board)4 Excitation Sources for LVDTs2 Excitation Sources for Pulse Rate transducers
Internal Sample Rate 200 Hz
Power Supply Voltage Nominal 24 V dc
LVDT Accuracy 1 % with 14-bit resolution
LVDT Input Filter Low pass filter with 3 down breaks at 50 rad/sec ±15%
LVDT Common Mode Rejection CMR is 1 Volt, 60 dB at 50/60 Hz
LVDT Excitation Output Frequency of 3.2 +/- 0.2 kHzVoltage of 7.00 +/- 0.14 V rms
Pulse Rate Accuracy 0.05% of reading with 16-bit resolution at 50 Hz frame rateNoise of acceleration measurement is less than ± 50Hz/sec for a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms
Pulse Rate Input Minimum signal for proper measurement at 2 Hz is 33mVpk, and at 12 kHz is 827 mVpk.
Magnetic PR Pickup Signal Generates 150 V p-p into 60 K ohms
Active PR Pickup Signal Generates 5 to 27 V p-p into 60 K ohms
Servo Valve Output Accuracy 2% with 12-bit resolutionDither amplitude and frequency adjustable
Fault detection Suicide servo outputs initiated by:Servo Current out of limits or not respondingRegulator Feedback signal out of limits
9-98 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DiagnosticsServo diagnostics cover items such as out of range LVDT voltage, servo suicide,servo current open circuit, and short circuit. If any one of the signals goes unhealthya composite diagnostic alarm, L3DIAG_VSVO occurs. If the associated regulatorhas two sensors, the bad sensor is removed from the feedback calculation and thegood sensor is used. Details of the individual diagnostics are available from thetoolbox. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched, and then reset with theRESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Connectors JR1, JS1, JT1 on the terminal board have their own ID device that isinterrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, the VSVO module is configured using the toolbox. This softwareusually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation.Table 9-26 summarizes the configuration choices and defaults. For details refer toGEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI TurbineController.
Table 9-26. Typical VSVO Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Select System Limits Enable, Disable
Regulator
Regulator 1 LVDT/R Calibration Online LVDT calibration, Yes/No
RegType Algorithm used in the regulator Unused 1_PulseRate2_PlsRateMAX 1_LVPosition2_LV_PosMIN 2_LV_PosMID2_LvpilotCyl 4_LVp/cylMAX4_LV_LM 2_LV_posMAX
RegGain Position Loop Gain in (%Current/%position) −100 to 100
RegNullBias Null Bias in % current, Balances Servo Spring Force −100 to 100
Dither Ampl Dither in % Current (minimizes hysteresis) Dither Amp: 0 to 10
Monitor
Monitor 1
Monitor Type Monitor Algorithm Unused 1_Lvposition2_LVposMIN 2_LVposMAX3_LVposMID 1_LvposRatio2_LVposRatio
J3:IS200TSVOH1A Terminal Board 1 connected to VSVO via J3 Connected, Not Connected
Servo Output1 Measured Output Current in Percent � Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Reg Number Identify Regulator Number Unused, Reg1, Reg2, Reg3, Reg4
Servo_MA_Out Select current output for coil windings 10, 20, 40, 80, 120 mA
EnableCurSuic Select Suicide function based on current Enable, Disable
Curr_Suicide Percent current error to initiate suicide 0 to 100% (output current error)
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-99
EnablFbkSuic Select Suicide function based on feedback Enable, Disable
Fdbk_Suicide Percent position error to initiate suicide 0 to 100% (actuator position error)
Servo Output2 Measured Output Current in Percent - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
J4:IS200TSVOH1A Terminal Board 2 connected to VSVO via J4 Connected, not connected
Servo Output3 Servo current output wired to valve - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Servo Output4 Servo current output wired to valve - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
J5:IS00TSVOH1A Pulse Rate inputs cabled to J5 connector Connected, Not Connected
FlowRate1 Pulse rate input selected - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
PRType Select Speed or Flow type signal Unused, Speed, or Flow
PRScale Convert Hz to Engineering Units 0 to 1,000
SysLim1Enabl Select System Limit Enable, Disable
SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, Not Latch
SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <=
SysLimit Select alarm level in GPM or RPM 0 to 12,000
SystemLim2 Same as above Same as above
TMR_DiffLimt Difference Limit off voted pulse inputs (EU) 0 to 12,000
FlowRate2 Pulse rate input selected - Card Point (as above) Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Card Points Signals Description �Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VSVO1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VSVO2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VSVO3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
SysLim1PR1 Process Alarm Input BIT
SysLim2PR1 Process Alarm Input BIT
SysLim1PR2 Process Alarm Input BIT
SysLim2PR2 Process Alarm Input BIT
Reg1Suicide Reg1 Suicide relay status Input BIT
: : Input BIT
Reg4Suicide Reg4 Suicide relay status Input BIT
Reg1_PosAFlt Reg1, LM Machine only, Position A failure Input BIT
: : Input BIT
Reg4_PosAFlt Reg4, LM Machine only, Position A failure Input BIT
Reg1_PosBFlt Reg1, LM Machine only, Position B failure Input BIT
: : Input BIT
Reg4_PosBFlt Reg4, LM Machine only, Position B failure Input BIT
Reg1_PosDif1 Reg1, LM Machine only, Position Diff failure Input BIT
: : Input BIT
Reg4_PosDif1 Reg4, LM Machine only, Position Diff failure Input BIT
Reg1_PosDif2 Reg1, LM Machine only, Position Diff failure Input BIT
: : Input BIT
9-100 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Reg4_PosDif2 Reg4, LM Machine only, Position Diff failure Input BIT
RegCalMode Regulator under Calibration Input BIT
Reg1_Fdbk Regulator 1 Feedback Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
Reg4_Fdbk Regulator 4 Feedback Input FLOAT
PilotFdbk1 Pilot/Cyl Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
PilotFdbk4 Pilot/Cyl Input FLOAT
Reg1_Error Null Bias error Input Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
Reg4_Error Null Bias error Input Input FLOAT
Accel1 GPM/sec Input FLOAT
Accel2 GPM/sec Input FLOAT
Mon1 Position Monitor Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
Mon12 Position Monitor Input FLOAT
CalibEnab1 Enable Calibration Reg 1 Output BIT
: : Output BIT
CalibEnab4 Enable Calibration Reg 4 Output BIT
SuicideForce1 Force Suicide Reg 1 Output BIT
: : Output BIT
SuicideForce4 Force Suicide Reg 4 Output BIT
PossDiffEnab1 Position Difference Enable Reg 1, LM only Output BIT
: : Output BIT
PossDiffEnab4 Position Difference Enable Reg 4, LM only Output BIT
Reg1_Ref Reg 1 Position Ref Output FLOAT
: : Output FLOAT
Reg4_Ref Reg 4 Position Ref Output FLOAT
Reg1-GainMod Reg 1 Gain Modifier Output FLOAT
: : Output FLOAT
Reg4-GainMod Reg 4 Gain Modifier Output FLOAT
Reg1_NullCor Reg 1 Null Bias Correction Output FLOAT
: : Output FLOAT
Reg4_NullCor Reg 4 Null Bias Correction Output FLOAT
Internal Variables Internal variables to service the auto-calibrationdisplay, not configurable
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-101
InstallationSensors and servo valves are wired directly to two I/O terminal blocks mounted onthe terminal board. Each block is held down with two screws and has 24 terminalsaccepting up to #12 AWG wires. Shielded twisted 18 AWG wire is recommendedfor the pulse rate sensors. A shield termination strip attached to chassis ground islocated immediately to the left of each terminal block. External trip wiring isplugged into either JD1 or JD2. The screw connections and position choices for theservo current jumpers are shown in Figure 9-61.
Servo/LVDT Terminal Board TSVOH1B
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
To ConnectorsJR5, JS5, JT5,JR1, JS1, JT1
LVDT 01 (H)LVDT 02 (H)LVDT 03 (H)
LVDT 01 (L)LVDT 02 (L)LVDT 03 (L)LVDT 04 (L)LVDT 05 (L)LVDT 06 (L)
Exc R1 (L)Exc R2 (L)Exc S (L)Exc T (L)
LVDT 06 (H)
Exc R1 (H)Exc R2 (H)Exc S (H)Exc T (H)
Servo 01 R (L)
Servo 01 T(L)
Pulse 01 (24R)
Servo 01 R (H)
Servo 01 T (H)
Pulse 01 (24V)
Servo 01 S (H)
Servo 01 SMX (H)
Pulse 01 (H)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
JP1
JP2
JP3
JP4
JP5
JP6
JD1
JD2
External Trip
LVDT 04 (H)LVDT 05 (H)
Servo 01 S (L)
Servo 02 R (H)
Servo 02 T (H)
Servo 02 R (L)Servo 02 S (L)Servo 02 T (L)
Servo 02SMX(H)
Pulse 01 (L)Pulse 02 (24V)Pulse 02 (H)Pulse 02 (24R)
Pulse 02 (L)
12
1
2
GND
Servo 01 R
Servo 01 S
Servo 01 T
Servo 02 T
Servo 02 S
Servo 02 R
External Trip from <P>
GND
Jumper Choices:120B +/-120 ma (75 ohm coil)120A +/-120 ma (40 ohm coil)80 +/- 80 ma40 +/- 40 ma20 +/- 20 ma10 +/- 10 ma
Pulse 01 (TTL)Pulse 02 (TTL)
Servo 02 S (H)
Figure 9-61. Servo/LVDT Terminal Board Wiring
9-102 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DSVO - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Servo Terminal BoardThe DSVO board is a compact servo terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. This board has two servo valve outputs, I/O for six LVDT positionsensors, and two active pulse rate inputs for flow measurement, as shown in Figure9-62 (DSVOH1A) and Figure 9-63 (DSVOH1B, H2B). Servo coil currents rangingfrom 10 to 120 mA can be jumper selected. DSVO connects to the VSVO processorboard with a 37-pin cable and a 15-pin cable, which are identical to those used on thelarger TSVO board. The terminal boards can be stacked vertically on the DIN-rail toconserve cabinet space. Two DSVO boards can be connected to the VSVO, ifrequired. Only the Simplex version of this board is available.
The on-board functions and high frequency decoupling to ground are the same asthose on the TSVO. High density Euro Block type terminal blocks are permanentlymounted to the board with six screws for the ground connection (SCOM). Each ofthe two connectors, JR1 and J5, connect to signals from on-board ID chips whichidentify the board to the VSVO for system diagnostic purposes.
There are currently two versions (groups) of the DSVO, IS200DSVOH1B andIS200DSVOH2B. The IS200DSVOH1B is a direct replacement for the previousIS200DSVOH1A design. The IS200DSVOH2B is certified by UL to UL-1604 Class1, Groups A and B, Temperature Class T4, Division 2. (This certification iscommonly referred to as Class 1 Division 2.
Certification under UL-1604 Class 1, Groups A and B, Temperature Class T4,Division 2 certifies the following:• That the DSVO can operate in hazardous locations where acetylene and
hydrogen (groups A and B) may be present (class 1), but not likely to existunder normal operating conditions (division 2).
• That no part on the board will exceed 135 °C with the terminal board ambienttemperature at its maximum 65 °C (temperature class T4).
Note Turbine fuel is not specifically addressed by UL-1604, but UL equates turbinefuel to the acetylene and hydrogen groups (A and B) in terms of volatility andflammability.
The differences between the H1B and H2B versions of DSVO are shown in thefollowing chart.
Function H1B H2B
Class 1, Div. 2Certification
No Yes
Servo ValvesAccommodated
75, 40, 22, 62, 89, 125,1k Ohms
1k Ohms (10 mA)
LVDT Excitation Outputs Qty. = 2, 120 mA each Qty. = 4, 60 mA each
Excitation for Pulse RateProbes
Qty. = 2, 24 V dc, 100mA each
No
Additional Pulse RateInputs for TTL Signals
No Qty. = 2
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-103
JR5
DSVOH1A
LVDTExcitation
Jumper position:120B is 75 ohm coil120A is 40 ohm coil
P28VT External TripK1
Servovalvecoil
17
21
18
JP1
10204080
120A120B
Servovalvecoil
19
22
20
JP2
10204080
120A120B
P28VR
P28VR
3.2 kHz Excitation131415
16
JD2
JD112
1
2
SCOM
SCOM
SR1H
SS1H
SR1L
SR2H
SS2H
SR2L
SCOM
K1
3.2k Hz, 7 V rmsExcitation Source
Pulse RateInputs -Active Probes0 - 12 kHz
23Current
Limit
24
25
26
NoiseSuppression
Pulse RateInputs -Active Probes0 - 12 kHz
27
28
29
30
1
2
3
4
JR1
P28V
CL
P28V
P28V
Total of sixLVDT inputcircuits
Cable to J3 connectorin I/O rack for VSVO board
Cable to front of VSVO board
ID
SCOM
SCOM
LVDTLVDT1H
LVDT1L
P1 24V
P1 24R
P1 H
P1 L
P2 24V
P2 24R
P2 H
P2 L
E1HE1L
E2H
E2L
NS
NS
NoiseSuppression
Figure 9-62. DSVOH1A Board
9-104 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Gu
JR1
S
S
Total of six LVDTinput Ckts.
Exc
LVDT
12
S
S
LV1H
LV2L
LV2H
LV1L
CL P28VRS
S
S
P24V1
P24R1S
PR
CL P28VRS
S
S
P24V2
P24R2S
PR
PR1H
PR1L
PR2H
PR2L
RP28V
4
4
EXTTRIP
ServoValveCoils
ERL1
ERH1 13
14
39
40
4
3
2
1
24
23
27
26
25
30
29
28
JD1
JD2K1
P28VR
SSS1H
SSR1H
SR1L
1
17
21
ID
S18
JR5
4ERL2
ERH2
2
12
P28VR
K1
ServoValveCoils
SSS2H
SSR2H
SR2L
19
22
JP2
S20
P28VR
K1 10204080
120A120B
TTL1
TTL2
37
38
v:06-04-01
15
16
41
42
S
(IS200DSVOH1B Replaces IS200DSVOH1A)
332�
332�
JPx (mA) Coil Res. 120 B 75 ohm 120 A 40 ohm 80 22 ohm 40 62 or 89 ohm 20 125 ohm 10 1000 ohm
170�
170�
432�185�105�
36�0�
JP1
10204080
120A120B
170�
170�
432�185�105�
36�0�
CHASSIS
SCOM31 3635343332
(SCREWS 37 & 38 ARE NC IN H1B)
PCOM
PCOM
S
(SCREWS 39-42 ARE NC IN H1B)
10� IN VSVO
10� IN VSVO
10� IN VSVO
10mA, 1K Coil
10mA, 1K Coil
PCOM
H2B is Certified to UL-1604 Class 1 Div 2
LVD
T Ex
cita
tionERL3
ERH3
ERL4
ERH4
(SCREWS 23, 24,27,28 ARE NC IN H2B)
PCOM
FROM CNTL RACK P28
PCOM{
P28VR
H1B ONLY
10mA, 1K CoilH2B ONLY
H1B ONLY
10mA, 1K CoilH2B ONLY
CONN SHLD
CONN SHLD
ID
FROM CNTL RACK {
LVDT Input TB Locations: LVx H L . 1 1 2 2 3 4 3 5 6 4 7 8 5 9 10 6 11 12
Current Limit
Mark VI Servo Valve Terminal Board IS200DSVOH1B, H2B
Figure 9-63. DSVOH1B, H2B Board (Part 1 of 2)
b
ide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-105
Mark VI Servo Valve Terminal Board IS200DSVOH1B, H2B
VSVODSVOH#B
10 ohm
ConfigurableGain
J3/J4Backplane
J2
JP1
ServoCoils
P28VP28VR
Ext TripCkt
JD1
JD2
SuicideRelay
VoltageLimiter11 vlt
Current Ref
Dir. of Current toShutdown Actuated
Device
VSVO
3.2 Khz
To Second DSVOTermination Board
Monitoring
Monitoring
80
20
10
120A
40
120B (75 Ohm Coil)
(40 )
LVDT Excitation:
J4
J3 JR1
DSVOH#B
To LVDT's
1314
1516
P2
Servo Driver Circuit:
(22)
(62 or 89)
(125)
(1K)
4142
3940
#1
#4 -- NC in H1B
#2
#3 -- NC in H1B7.0 Vrms
10 mA, 1K Coil
10 mA, 1K CoilH2B Only
H1B Only
ACOM
120 mA Each
Monitoring
Monitoring7.0 Vrms120 mA Each
P2
Isc = 19mA
Figure 9-63. DSVOH1B, H2B Board (Part 2 of 2)
9-106 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
InstallationThere is no shield terminationstrip with this design.
The DSVO board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Theservo I/O are wired directly to the Euro Block type terminal block as shown inFigure 9-64 (DSVOH1A) and Figure 9-65 (DSVOH1B, H2B). This has 36 terminals(DSVOH1A) or 42 terminals (DSVOH1B, H2B); typically #18 AWG shieldedtwisted pair wiring is used. There are six screws for the SCOM (ground) connection,which should be as short a distance as possible.
LVDT 1 (High)135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Excitation 1 (High)
Pulse 1 (24V)
Chassis Ground
SCOM
Euro Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
DSVOH1A
DIN-rail mounting
Chassis GroundChassis Ground
Chassis Ground
Chassis Ground
LVDT 2 (High)LVDT 3 (High)
LVDT 5 (High)LVDT 4 (High)
LVDT 6 (High)
LVDT2 (Low)LVDT1 (Low)
LVDT4 (Low)LVDT3 (Low)
LVDT5 (Low)LVDT6 (Low)
Excitation 2 (High)Excitat1(Low)Excitat2(Low) ServoR1 (High)
ServoR2 (High)ServoS1 (High)
ServoR1(Low)ServoR2(Low)
ServoS2(High)
Pulse 1 (High)Pulse 2 (24V)Pulse 2 (High)
Pulse1 (Low)Pulse 2(24R)Pulse2 (Low)
Pulse 1(24R)
JD2 JD1External tripcircuits
Chassis Ground
Screw Connections
JR1
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VSVOboard
JR5
Cable to J5 onfront of VSVOboard
JP1
JP2
120A
120B
Screw Connections
CoilCurrentJumpers
10204080120A
120B
10204080
Figure 9-64. DSVOH1A Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-107
LVDT 1 (High)135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
Excitation 1 (High)
Pulse 1 (24V)
Euro Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
DSVOH1B, H2B
DIN-rail mounting
31 - 36 DSVOSCOM, connect tochassis ground
LVDT 2 (High)LVDT 3 (High)
LVDT 5 (High)LVDT 4 (High)
LVDT 6 (High)
LVDT2 (Low)LVDT1 (Low)
LVDT4 (Low)LVDT3 (Low)
LVDT5 (Low)LVDT6 (Low)
Excitation 2 (High)Excitat1(Low)Excitat2(Low) ServoR1 (High)
ServoR2 (High)ServoS1 (High)
ServoR1(Low)ServoR2(Low)
ServoS2(High)
Pulse 1 (High)Pulse 2 (24V)Pulse 2 (High)
Pulse1 (Low)Pulse 2(24R)Pulse2 (Low)
Pulse 1(24R)
JD2 JD1
External tripcircuits
Screw Connections
JR1
JR5
JP1 JP2
120A120B
Screw Connections
CoilCurrentJumpers
10204080
120A120B
10204080
373941
384042
Pulse1TTL (High)Excitation3 (High)Excitation4 (High)
Pulse2TTL (High)Excitation3 (Low)Excitation4 (Low)
H1B and H2B Connection DifferencesScrew # H1B H2B23, 24 N/C27, 28 N/C37, 38 N/C39, 40 N/C41, 42 N/C
N/C = Not Connected
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VSVOboard
Cable to J5 onfront of VSVOboard
Figure 9-65. DSVOH1B, H2B Wiring and Cabling
9-108 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VTUR/TTUR - Turbine ControlThe Turbine Control Board (VTURH1) controls three primary overspeed tripsolenoids and automatic synchronizing. It also interfaces to four passive pulse ratedevices, and monitors shaft voltage and current. The speed signal cable to VTURuses the J5 plug on the front of the board, and the other signals use the J3 connectoron the VME rack. Terminal board TTUR provides simplex signals through the JRconnector, and fans out TMR signals to the JR, JS, and JT connectors. J4 on theVME rack connects to the TRPG terminal board described in the Primary Tripsection. The cable connections are shown in Figure 9-66.
A two-slot version of this board (VTURH2) is available for driving six trip solenoidsusing two TRPG boards. VTURH2 only accepts eight flame detectors.
VME Bus to VCMI
TTURH1B Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack R
Cables to VMERack S
Cables to VMERack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VTUR
J3
J4
VTUR VME Board
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
ShieldBar
x
x
JS1
JS5
JR5
JT1
JT5
JR1
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
Cable to TRPG
J5
TB3
Wiring toTTL SpeedPickups
Figure 9-66. Turbine Control Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-109
OperationIn the Simplex application, up to four pulse rate signals may be used to measureturbine speed. Pulse rate to digital circuits are on the VTUR board. Generator andbus voltages are brought into VTUR for automatic synchronizing in conjunction withthe turbine controller and GE excitation system. TTUR has permissive generatorsynchronizing relays and controls the main breaker relay coil 52G. Shaft voltage ispicked up with brushes and monitored along with the current to the machine case.VTUR alarms high voltages and tests the integrity and continuity of the circuitry.
Note 2: An externalclosed auxiliarycontact must be providedthe Breaker close coilas indicated.Note 3: Signal tocomes fromthrough TRPG &
Gen.Volts120 V acfrom PT
BusVolts120 Vacfrom PT
Machine Case
175V
14V
41
ToTPRO
#1 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU 42
#3 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
45
46
#4 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
47
48
Shaft
TripSignalstoTRPG
Note 1: TTL optionavailable on first twoPickups.
JR1
Terminal Board TTURH1B (continued)
28Vdc
K25P
02 01
52G
a
TMRSMX
JP1
GeneratorFeedback
P125Gen
RD
RD K25
K25A
Mon
Synch. Perm.
Auto Synch
Synch. checkfrom VPRO
08 0506,7 04 03
TMR
SMXJP2
N125Gen
Bkr Coil
52G b
AUT
MAN
BKR
Mon
Mon
J8
MPU1RH
MPU1RL
<R> ControlRack
TurbineBoardVTUR
J3
Connectorsat bottom ofVME rack
J3
J5
J4
Terminal BoardTTURH1B (input
ti ) JR1 17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
JR5
FilterClampACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
ID
ID
)TTL1_R
GENH
GENL
BUSL
BUSH
SVH
SVL
SCH
SCL
5 (TB3)
6 (TB3)
#2 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
43
44
MPU2RH
MPU2RL
)TTL2_R
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
PulseRate/Digital
MUX
A/D
AC&DCshafttest
NoiseSuppression
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Figure 9-67. Turbine Control Inputs, Synchronizing, and Primary Trip Interface, Simplex
9-110 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
In TMR applications all inputs fan to the three control racks. Control signals cominginto TTUR from R, S, and T are voted before they actuate permissive relays K25 andK25P. Relay K25A is controlled by the VPRO and TREG boards. All three relayshave two normally open contacts in series with the breaker close coil. The TMRarrangement is shown in Figure 9-68.
Terminal BoardTTURH1B (input portion)
Gen. Volts120 Vacfrom PT
17
18
19
20
Bus Volts120 Vacfrom PT
MachineC
175V
14V
21
22
23
24
#1 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
#2 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
#3 PrimaryMagneticSpeed PU
33
34
25
26
ToTPRO
TripSignals toTRPG
To RackS
To Rack T
Shaft
JR1
Terminal BoardTTURH1B (continued)
28Vdc
02 01
52G aGenerator
Feedback
Note 1: TTL option onlyavailable on first two ccts.each group of 4
P125Gen
RDK25P
RD K25
K25A
Mon
Synch.Permissve
Auto Synch.
Synch. checkfrom VPRO
08 0507 04 03
23
23
JS1
JT1
N125Gen
Bkr Coil
52G b
AUTO
MAN
BKRH
J8
MPU1RH
MPU1RL
MPU1SL
MPU1SH
MPU1TL
MPU1TH
06
B52GL
B52GH
TMRSMX
JP1
TMR
SMXJP2
<R>TurbineBoardVTUR J3
Connectors at bottom of
VME rack
J3
J5
J4
<S><T>
J3
J3
JR1
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
JR5
42
JS5
JT5
4 Circuits*
4 Circuits*
4 Circuits*
JS1
JT1
41)TTL1R
)TTL1S
)TTL1T
5 (TB3)
1 (TB3)
3 (TB3)
GENH
GENL
BUSH
BUSL
SVH
SVL
SCH
SCL
Note 2: An externalclosed auxiliarycontact must be providedthe Breaker close coilas indicated.Note 3: Signal tocomes fromthrough TRPG &
f( )
PulseRate/Digital
MUX
A/D
AC&DCshafttest
NoiseSuppression
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
Figure 9-68. Turbine Control Inputs, Synchronizing, and Primary Trip Interface, TMR
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-111
Features
Speed PickupsAn interface is provided for four passive, magnetic speed inputs with a frequencyrange of 2 − 14,000 Hz. The median speed signal is used for speed control and forthe primary overspeed trip signal. Using passive pickups on a 60-tooth wheel, circuitsensitivity allows detection of 2 rpm turning gear speed to determine if the turbine isstopped (zero speed). If automatic turning gear engagement is provided in the turbinecontrol, this signal initiates turning gear operation.
The primary overspeed trip calculations are performed in the controller usingalgorithms similar to (but not the same as) those shown in the section on the VPROProtection Module. The fast trip option used on gas turbines runs in VTUR and isdescribed below.
Primary Trip Solenoid InterfaceThe normal Primary Overspeed trip is calculated in the controller and passed to theVTUR and then to the TRPG terminal board. TRPG contains magnetic relays forinterface with the Electrical Trip Devices (ETDs). TRPG works in conjunction withthe TREG board to form the Primary and Emergency sides of the interface to theETDs. Usually this applies to turbines which do not have a mechanical overspeedbolt and require a separate emergency overspeed (EOS) system. Three ETDs can bedriven from each TRPG/TREG combination with the positive side of each solenoidconnected to the TREG and the negative side connected to the TRPG. A metal oxidevarister (MOV) and a current limiting resistor are used in each circuit.
Two different versions of the TRPG are available, with version 1 used for tripleredundant (TMR) systems and version 2 used for Simplex systems. The onlydifference is that the TMR version has three voting relays per ETD circuit and theSimplex version has one relay per circuit. The VTUR board monitors the currentflowing in its relay driver control line to determine its energize or de-energizevote/status of the relay coil. A normally closed contact from each relay on the TRPGboard is monitored by the diagnostics to determine its proper operation.
Shaft Voltage and Current MonitorBearings can be damaged by the flow of electrical current from the shaft to the case.This current can occur for several reasons.• A static voltage can be caused by droplets of water being thrown off the last
stage buckets in a steam turbine. This voltage will build up until a dischargeoccurs through the bearing oil film.
• An ac ripple on the dc generator field can produce an ac voltage on the shaftwith respect to ground through the capacitance of the field winding andinsulation. Note that both of these sources are weak, so high impedanceinstrumentation is used to measure these voltages with respect to ground.
• A voltage may be generated between the ends of the generator shaft due to dis-symmetries in the generator magnetic circuits. If the insulated bearings on thegenerator shaft break down, the current will flow from one end of the shaftthrough the bearings and frame to the other end. Brushes can be used todischarge damaging voltage buildup, and a shunt should be used to monitor thecurrent flow.
The turbine control continuously monitors the shaft to ground voltage and current,and alarms excessive levels. There is an ac test mode and a dc test mode. The ac testapplies an ac voltage to test the integrity of the measuring circuit.
9-112 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
The dc test checks the continuity of the external circuit, including the brushes,turbine shaft, and the interconnecting wire.
Note The dc test is driven from the <R> controller only. If the <R> controller isdown, this test cannot be run successfully.
Specification
Table 9-27. VTUR Board Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Inputs TTUR: 12 Passive Speed Pickups1 Shaft Voltage and 1 Shaft Current Measurement1 Generator and 1 Bus VoltageGenerator Breaker Status contact
VTUR: 4 Passive Speed Pickups1 Shaft Voltage and 1 Current Measurement1 Generator and 1 Bus VoltageGenerator Breaker Status8 Flame Detectors from first TRPG
Number of Outputs TTUR: Generator Breaker Coil, 5A at 125 V dcVTUR: Automatic Synchronizing
Primary Trip Solenoid Interface, 3 outputs to TRPGAdditional 3 trip outputs from second TRPG using VTURH2
Trip Solenoids (TRPG) Solenoids draw up to 1 A at 125 V dc and have a time constant of L/R =0.1 sec.
Power Supply Voltage TTUR: Nominal 125 V dc to breaker coil
MPU Pulse Rate Range 2 Hz to 14 kHz
MPU Pulse Rate Accuracy 0.05% of reading
MPU Input Circuit Sensitivity 27 mV pk (detects 2 rpm speed)
Shaft Voltage Monitor Voltage signal is ± 5 V dc pulses from 0 to 2,000 Hz
Shaft Voltage wiring Up to 300 m (984 ft), with maximum two-way cable resistance of 15ohms
Shaft Voltage DC Test Applies a 5 V dc source to test integrity of the circuit. Circuit reads adifferential resistance between 0 and 150 ohms within ± 5 ohms.Readings above 50 ohms indicate a fault.Return signal is filtered to provide 40 dB of noise attenuation at 60 Hz.
Shaft Voltage AC Test Applies a test voltage of 1 kHz to the input of the VTUR shaft voltagecircuit (R module only).
Shaft current input Measures ac voltage up to 0.1 V pp
Generator and Bus VoltageSensors
Two Single Phase Potential Transformers, with secondary outputsupplying a nominal 115 V rms.Each input has less than 3 VA of loading.Allowable voltage range for synch is 75 to 130 V rms.Each PT input is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms barrier.Cable length can be up to 1,000 ft. of 18 AWG wiring.
Synchronizingmeasurements
Frequency Accuracy 0.05% over 45 to 66 Hz range.Zero crossing of the inputs is monitored on the rising slope.Phase Difference Measurement is better than ± 1 degree.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-113
Generator Breaker Circuits(Synchronizing)
External circuits should have a voltage range within 20 to 140 V dc. Theexternal circuit must include a Normally Closed Breaker Aux Contact tointerrupt the current.Circuits are rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance.250 V dc applications require interposing relays.
Contact Voltage Sensing 20 V dc indicates high and 6 V dc indicates low.Each circuit is optically isolated and filtered for 4 ms.
Configuration OverviewTable 9-28 summarizes the configuration choices and defaults. For details refer toGEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI TurbineController.
Table 9-28. Typical VTUR Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
VTUR System Limits Select System Limits Enable, Disable
SMredundancy Select Simplex or Redundant system Simplex or TMR
AccelCalType Select Acceleration Calculation Type Slow, Medium, Fast
FastTripType Select Fast Trip algorithm Unused, PR_Single, PR_Max
J3J5:IS200TTURH1A TTUR connected to VTUR via J3 and J5 Connected, Not Connected
PulseRate1 Pulse Rate Input 1 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
PRType Select Speed or Flow type input Unused, Speed, Flow,Speed_LM
PRScale Select Pulses per Revolution 0 to 1,000
SysLim1Enable Select System Limit 1 Enable, Disable
SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, Not Latch
SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <=
SysLimit1 Select alarm level in GPM or RPM 0 to 20,000
SysLim2Enable Select System Limit 2 (as above) Enable, Disable
TMRDiffLimit Difference Limit for voted PR inputs EU 0 to 20,000
ShVoltMon Shaft Voltage Monitor - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
SysLim1Enable Select System Limit 1 Enable, Disable
SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, Not Latch
SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <=
SysLimit1 Select alarm level in frequency 0 to 100
SysLim2Enable Select System Limit 2 (as above) Enable, Disable
ShCurrMon Shaft Current Monitor - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
ShuntOhms Shunt resistance 0 to 100
Shunt Limit Shunt maximum ohms 0 to 100
Brush Lim Shaft Brush maximum ohms 0 to 100
9-114 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
SysLim1Enable Select System Limit 1 Enable, Disable
SysLim1Latch Select whether alarm will latch Latch, Not Latch
SysLim1Type Select type of alarm initiation >= or <=
SysLimit1 Select alarm level in Amps 0 to 100
SysLim2Enable Select System Limit 2 Enable, Disable
GenPT_KVolts Generator Potential Transfomer - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
PT_Input PT input in kVrms for PT output 0 to 1,000
PT_Output PT output in Vrms, nominal 115 V rms 0 to 150
SysLim1 Select alarm level in kVrms 0 to 1,000
SysLim2 Select alarm level in kVrms 0 to 1,000
BusPT_Kvolts Bus Potential Transformer - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Ckt_Bkr Circuit Breaker - Card Point Point Edit (Input BIT)
System Frequency Select frequency in Hz 50 or 60
CB1CloseTime Breaker 1 Closing Time, ms 0 to 1,000
CB1 AdaptLimit Breaker 1 Self Adaptive Limit, ms 0 to 1,000
CB1 AdaptEnabl Select Breaker 1 Self Adaptive Limit Enable, Disable
CB1FreqDiff Breaker 1 special window Frequency Difference, Hz 0 to 10
CB1PhaseDiff Breaker 1 special window Phase Diff, Degr 0 to 30
CB2CloseTime Breaker 2 Closing Time, ms (as above) 0 to 1,000
J4:IS200TRPGH1A TRPG Terminal Board, 8 Flame Detectors Connected, Not Connected
Card Points Signals Description � Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VTUR1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VTUR2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VTUR3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
ShShntTst_OK Shaft Voltage Monitor Shunt Test OK Input BIT
ShBrshTst_OK Shaft Voltage Brush Test OK Input BIT
CB_Volts_OK L3BKR_VLT Circuit Breaker Coil Voltage Available Input BIT
CB_K25P_PU L3BKR_PERM Sync Permissive Relay Picked Up Input BIT
CB_K25_PU L3KBR_GES Auto Sync Relay Picked Up Input BIT
CB_K25A_PU L3KBR_GEX Sync Check Relay Picked Up Input BIT
Gen_Sync_LO Generator Sync Trouble (Lockout) Input BIT
L25_Command -------- Input BIT
Kq1_Status -------- Input BIT
: : Input BIT
Kq6_Status -------- Input BIT
FD1_Flame -------- Input BIT
: : Input BIT
FD16_Flame -------- Input BIT
SysLim1PR1 -------- Input BIT
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-115
: : Input BIT
SysLim1PR4 -------- Input BIT
SysLim1SHV AC Shaft Voltage Frequency High L30TSVH Input BIT
SysLim1SHC AC Shaft Current High L30TSCH Input BIT
SysLim1GEN -------- Input BIT
SysLim1BUS -------- Input BIT
SysLim2PR1 (same set as for Limit1 above) Input BIT
GenFreq Hz frequency Input FLOAT
BusFreq Hz frequency Input FLOAT
GenVoltsDiff KiloVolts rms - Gen Low is Negative Input FLOAT
Gen Freq Diff Slip Hz-Gen Slow is Negative Input FLOAT
Gen Phase Diff Phase Degrees - Gen Lag is Negative Input FLOAT
CB1CloseTime Breaker #1 Close Time in milliseconds Input FLOAT
CB2CloseTime Breaker #2 Close Time in milliseconds Input FLOAT
Accel1 RPM/SEC Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
Accel4 RPM/SEC Input FLOAT
FlmDetPwr1 335 V dc Input FLOAT
FlmDetPwr2 335 V dc Input FLOAT
ShTestAC L97SHAFT_AC SVM_AC_TEST Output BIT
ShTestDC L97SHAFT_DC SVM_DC_TEST Output BIT
FD1_Level 1 = High Detection Cnts Level Output BIT
: : Output BIT
FD16_Level 1 = High Detection Cnts Level Output BIT
Sync_Perm_AS L83AS - Auto Sync Permissive Output BIT
Sync_Perm L25P - Sequencing Sync Permissive Output BIT
Sync_Monitor L83S_MTR - Monitor Mode Output BIT
Sync_Bypass1 L25_BYP-1 = Auto Sync Bypass Output BIT
Sync_Bypass0 L25_BYPZ-0 = Auto Sync Permissive Output BIT
CB2_Selected L43SAUT2 - 2nd Breaker Selected Output BIT
AS_Win_Sel L43AS_WIN - Special Window Selected Output BIT
Sync_Reset L86MR_SYNC - Sync Trouble Reset Output BIT
Kq1 L20PTR1 - Primary Trip Relay Output BIT
: : Output BIT
Kq6 L20PTR6 - Primary Trip Relay Output BIT
9-116 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DiagnosticsDiagnostic information includes feedback from the solenoid relay driver and contact,high flame detector voltage, slow synch check relay, slow auto synch relay, andlocked up K25 relay. If any one of the signals goes unhealthy a composite diagnosticalarm, L3DIAG_VTUR occurs. The diagnostic signals can be individually latched,and then reset with the RESET_DIA signal if they go healthy.
Terminal board connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, JR5, JS5, JT5 have their own ID devicewhich is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded withthe terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and plug location.
Automatic SynchronizingAll synchronizing connections are located on the TTUR terminal board. Thegenerator and bus voltages are supplied by two, single phase, potential transformers(PTs) with a fused secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. Measurementaccuracy between the zero crossing for the bus and generator voltage circuits is 1degree.
Turbine speed is matched against the bus frequency, and the generator and busvoltages are matched by adjusting the generator field excitation voltage fromcommands sent between the turbine controller and the EX2000 over the Unit DataHighway (UDH). A command is given to close the breaker when all permissives aresatisfied, and the breaker is predicted to close within the calculated phase/slipwindow. Feedback of the actual breaker closing time is provided by a 52G/a contactfrom the generator breaker (not an auxiliary relay) to update the data base. Aninternal K25A synch check relay is provided on the TTUR; the independent backupphase/slip calculation for this relay is performed in the <P> Protection Module.Diagnostics monitor the relay coil and contact closures to determine if the relayproperly energizes or de-energizes upon command.
Synchronizing ModesThere are three basic synchronizing modes. Traditionally, these modes are selectedfrom a generator panel mounted selector switch:• Off The breaker will not be closed by the Mark VI control. The check relay will
not pickup.• Manual The operator initiates breaker close, which is still subject to the K25A
Synch Check contacts driven by VPRO. The manual close is initiated from anexternal contact on the generator panel, normally connected in series with aSynch Mode in Manual contact.
• Auto The system will automatically match voltage and speed, and then closethe breaker at the right time to hit top dead center on the synchroscope. All threeof the following functions must agree for this closure to occur:K25A synch check relay, checks the allowable slip/phase window, from
VPRO.K25 auto synch relay, provides precision synchronization, from VTUR.K25P synch sequence permissive, checks the turbine sequence status, from
VTUR.
Details of the various checks are discussed in the following sections.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-117
Synch CheckThe K25A synch check function is based on phase lock loop techniques. Thecalculations for this function are done in the VPRO, but interfaces to the Breakerclose circuit on the TTUR board. It performs limit checks against adjustableconstants as follows:• Generator undervoltage• Bus undervoltage• Voltage error• Frequency error (slip), with a maximum value of 0.33 Hz, typically set to
0.27 Hz.• Phase error with a maximum value of 30 degrees, typically set to 10 degrees.
In addition, synch check arms logic to enable the function, and provides bypass logicfor deadbus closure. The synch window in Figure 9-69 is based on typical settings:
SLIP
PHASEDegrees+10-10
+0.27 Hz
-0.27 Hz
Figure 9-69. Typical Synch Window
Auto SynchThe Auto Synch K25 function uses zero voltage crossing techniques. It compensatesfor the breaker time delay, which is defined by two adjustable constants with logicselection between the two (for two breaker applications). The calculations, which aredone on the VTUR board, include phase, slip, acceleration, and anticipated time leadfor the breaker delay. Based on the measured breaker close time, the time delayparameter is adjusted, up to certain limits.
In addition, auto synch arms logic to enable the function, and bypasses logic toprovide for deadbus or manual closure. The auto synch projected synch window isshown in Figure 9-70, where positive slip indicates the generator frequency is higherthan the bus frequency.
SLIP
10
0.3 Hz
Gen. Lag Gen. Lead (phase degrees)
0.12 Hz
0
Figure 9-70. Auto Synch Projected Window
9-118 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
The projected window is based on current phase, current slip, and currentacceleration. The generator must currently be lagging and have been lagging for thelast 10 consecutive cycles, and projected (anticipated) to be leading when the breakeractually reaches closure. Auto synch will not allow the breaker to close with negativeslip; speed matching typically aims at around +0.12 Hz slip.
Synchronization DisplayA special synchronization screen is available on the HMI with a real-time graphicalphase display and control pushbuttons. The display items are listed in Table 9-29.
Table 9-29. Synchronizing Display Items
Synch Display Description
Dynamic Parameters Voltages: Generator, Bus, DifferenceFrequencies: Generator, Bus, Slip (difference)Phase: Difference angle, degrees
Status Indication Mode: Synch OFF, MANUAL, AUTOSynch Monitor: OFF, ONDead Bus Breaker: Open/closeSecond Breaker if applicable: Open/closeSynch Permissive: K25PAuto Synch enabled
Speed Adjust: Raise/lowerVoltage Adjust: Raise/lower
Synch Permissives Gen Voltage: OK/not OKBus Voltage: OK/not OKGen Frequency: OK/not OKBus Frequency: OK/not OKDifference Volts: OK/not OKDifference Frequ: OK/not OKPhase: K25 OK/not OK
K25A OK/not OK
Limit Constants Upper and Lower Limits for the above permissives
Breaker Performance Diagnostics: Slow check relaySynch relay lockupBreaker #1 close time out of limitsBreaker #2 close time out of limitsRelay K25P troubleBreaker closing voltage (125 V dc) missing
Control Pushbuttons Synch Monitor: ON, OFFSpeed Adjust: RAISE, LOWERVoltage Adjust: RAISE, LOWER
InstallationMagnetic pick ups, shaft pick ups, potential transformers, and breaker relays arewired to two I/O terminal blocks on TTUR. Each block is held down with twoscrews and has 24 terminals accepting up to #12 AWG wires. A shield terminationstrip attached to chassis ground is located immediately to the left of each terminalblock. Jumpers JP1 and JP2 select either SMX or TMR for relay drivers K25 andK25P. TB3 is for optional TTL connections to active speed pickups; these require anexternal power supply. The wiring connections are shown in Figure 9-71.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-119
Turbine Terminal Board TTURH1B
To Connectors JR5,JS5, JT5, JR1, JS1, JT1
52G (H)P125GENMAN
52G (L)AUTOBKRHN125GEN
Gen (L)Bus (L)ShaftV (L)ShaftC (L)
Gen (H)Bus (H)ShaftV (H)ShaftC (H)
MPU 1T (H)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
25272931333537
41434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
BKRH
JP1K1
K3
K2
MPU 2T (H)MPU 3T (H)MPU 4T (H)MPU 1S (H)MPU 2S (H)MPU 3S (H)MPU 4S (H)MPU 1R (H)MPU 2R (H)MPU 3R (H)MPU 4R (H)
MPU 1T (L)MPU 2T (L)MPU 3T (L)MPU 4T (L)MPU 1S (L)
MPU 4S (L)
MPU 2S (L)MPU 3S (L)
MPU 1R (L)MPU 2R (L)
MPU 4R (L)MPU 3R (L)
TMR SMX
x
TB3
J8
JP2
TMR SMX
TB3 Screw Connections
TB1
TB2
TTL1T 01
TTL1S
TTL2T
TTL2S
TTL1RTTL2R
02
0304
0506
39x
x
01
Figure 9-71. TTUR Terminal Board
9-120 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VTUR/TRPG - Primary TripThe TRPG terminal board contains nine magnetic relays to interface with three tripsolenoids, known as the Electrical Trip Devices (ETD). The TRPG works inconjunction with the TREG to form the Primary and Emergency sides of theinterface to the ETDs. The TRPGH1A version for TMR applications, shown inFigure 9-72, has three voting relays per trip solenoid. The TRPGH2A version is forsimplex applications and has one relay per trip solenoid. TRPG also accommodateseight Geiger Mueller flame detectors.
An optional double-width VTURH2A board can be cabled to a second TRPG boardfor interface to three additional ETDs, but no additional Flame Detectors.
VME Bus to VCMI
TRPGH1A Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VME Rack R
Connectors onVME Card Rack R
Cables to VMERack S
Cables to VMERack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VTUR
J3
J4
VTUR VME Board
Shield Bar
x
x
JS1
JT1
JR1
Cable to TTUR
J5
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
J2J4J5J3
J1
Cable to TTURCable toTREG
335 V fromRack PowerSuppliesR, S, T
ETD Powerfrom PDM
(Speed signals)
Figure 9-72. TRPG Terminal Board, I/O Board and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-121
OperationVTUR provides the primary trip function by controlling the relays on TRPG, whichtrip the main protection solenoids. In the TMR case the three inputs are voted inhardware using a relay ladder logic two-out-of-three voting circuit. Relay coilcurrents, contact status, and supply voltages are monitored for diagnostic purposes,as shown in Figure 9-73.
J2
J2
Terminal BoardTRPGH1A (TMR), H2A (Simplex)
JR1RD KR1
KR2
KR3
RD
RD
JS1RD KS1
KS2
KS3
RD
RD
JT1RD KT1
KT2
KT3
RD
RD
KR1 KS1
KS1
KT1 KR1
<PDM> 125 Vdc
J1-+
TerminalBoard TREG
<R>VTUR
J4
<S>VTUR
J4
<T>VTUR
J4
28 Vdc
28 Vdc
28 Vdc
TripSolenoid
1 or 4
01 03 05 09 10
KT1
02
KR2 KS2
KS2
KT2 KR2
KT2
KR3 KS3
KS3
KT3 KR3
KT3
TripSolenoid
2 or 504
TripSolenoid
3 or 606
KE101
J2 J2
0403
KE205
J2
08
07
KE309
J2
1211
- +
- +
- +
These relays in TMR systems
KT1,2,3
KS1,2,3
KR1,2,3
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
NS
NS
Voltage Supplyand Monitor
Voltage Supplyand Monitor
Voltage Supplyand Monitor
Supply 8Detectors
Eight FlameDetector Circuits
8 Signals toJR1,JS1,JT1 J3
J4
J5
3 MonitorSignals to
JR1,JS1,JT1 335 Vdc from R rack
335 Vdc from S rack
335 Vdc from T rack
J2 J2-+
0610
02
SolenoidPower Monitor
To JR1,JS1, JT1
"PTR 2/5"
"PTR 3/6"
"PTR 1/4"
N125 Vdc
OptionalEconomizingResistor
Monitoring Outputs
33
34
IDID
ID
ID
N125P125
FLAME1H
FLAME1L
335 V dc
Figure 9-73. TRPG and Trip Solenoids
9-122 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
FeaturesVTUR controls the main breaker via TTUR, and three trip solenoids via TRPG. Witha second TRPG, six trip solenoids can be controlled. In addition, VTUR handlesshaft speed, generator voltage, and bus voltage inputs from TTUR, plus up to eightflame detector inputs from one TRPG board.
Control of Trip SolenoidsBoth TRPG and TREG control the trip solenoids so that either one can removepower and close the steam or fuel valves. TRPG holds nine relays in three votinggroups of three, one group for each trip solenoid. Voltage for the relay coils issupplied from the R, S, and T rack backplane. The trip solenoids are supplied withpower through plug J1. A metal oxide varistor (MOV) for current suppression is onTREG, and an optional economizing current limiting resistor can be wired to theTREG terminals.
In Simplex systems TRPGH2 is used. This board has one relay per ETD circuitinstead of three and is controlled by only one VTUR board.
Flame DetectorsUp to eight flame detectors can be used for gas turbine applications. The detectorsare supplied with 335 V dc, 0.5 mA through plugs J3, J4, and J5.
With no flame present the detector charges up to the supply voltage, but presence ofthe flame causes the detector to charge to a level and then discharge through theTRPG board. As the flame intensity increases the discharge frequency increases.When the detector discharges, VTUR and TRPG convert the discharged energy intoa voltage pulse. The pulse rate varies from 0 to 1,000 pulses/sec. These voltagepulses are fanned out to all three modules. Voltage pulses above 2.5 volts generate alogic high, and the pulse rate over a 40 ms time period is measured in a counter.
Specification
Table 9-30. TRPG Specification
Item Specification
Trip Solenoids 3 Solenoids per TRPG (total of 6 per VTUR)
Solenoid Rated Voltage/Current 125 V dc standard with up to 1 Amp draw24 V dc is alternate with up to 1 Amp draw
Solenoid Response Time L/R time constant is 0.1 sec
Current Suppression Metal oxide varister (MOV) on TREG
Current Economizer Terminals for optional 10 ohm, 70 watt economizingresistor
Control Relay Coil Voltage Supply Relays supplied with 28 V dc from R, S, and T racks
Flame Detectors 8 detectors per TRPG (total of 8 per VTUR)
Detector Supply Voltage/Current 335 V dc with 0.5 mA per detector
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, the TRPG board is configured using the toolbox. This softwareusually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation.Table 9-31 summarizes the configuration choices. For details refer to GEH-6403,Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-123
Table 9-31. Typical TRPG Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
J4:IS200TRPGH1A First TRPG Terminal board Connected, not connect.
FlameInd1 Intensity (Hz), Flame detector Number 1 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
FlmDetTime Flame Detector Time Interval 0.04, 0.08, 0.16 sec
FlameLimitHI Flame Threshold Limit HI (HI detection cnts meansLOW sensitivity)
0 to 160
FlameLimitLOW Flame Threshold Limit LO (LOW detection cnts meansHI sensitivity)
0 to 160
Flame_Det Flame Detector selected Used, Unused
FlameIndN Flame detectors 2 through 8 as above - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Kq1_Status Primary Trip relay status, first of 3 PTRs - Card Point Point Edit (Input BIT)
Kq1 Primary Trip Relay, first of three PTR - Card Point Point Edit (Output BIT)
PTR_Output Primary Trip relay Used/Unused Used, Unused
J4A:IS200TRPGH1A Second TRPG Board for expanded VTUR, with threemore Trip Solenoid outputs, and Flame Detectors 9through 16 (not used)
Connected, Not Connected
Card Points Signals Description � Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
FlameInd1 Intensity (Hz) Input FLOAT
: Intensity (Hz) Input FLOAT
FlameInd8 Intensity (Hz) Input FLOAT
DiagnosticsDescriptions of the TRPG diagnostics are listed under VTUR. The diagnosticsinclude feedback from the trip solenoid relay driver and contact, solenoid power bus,and the flame detector excitation voltage too low or too high.
Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1 on the terminal board have their own ID device whichis interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
InstallationThe three trip solenoids are wired directly to the first I/O terminal block, and theflame detectors (if used) to the second terminal block. Power to the flame detectors iswired to J3, J4, and J5. These connections are shown in Figure 9-74.
9-124 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Turbine Primary Trip Terminal Board TRPG
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
To ConnectorsJR1, JS1, JT1
125 Vdc (P)
Flame 1 (L)
Flame 3 (L)
Flame 5 (L)
Flame 7 (L)Flame 8 (L)
Flame 1 (H)
Flame 3 (H)
Flame 5 (H)
Flame 7 (H)
Flame 2 (H)
Flame 4 (H)
Flame 6 (H)
Flame 8 (H)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
J1
J2
J4
J5
J3
Cable to TREG
335 Vdc
125 V dc
125 Vdc (P)125 Vdc (P)
125 Vdc (N)125 Vdc (N)
Trip Solenoid 1 or 4Trip Solenoid 2 or 5Trip Solenoid 3 or 6
Flame 2 (L)
Flame 4 (L)
Flame 6 (L)335 Vdc
335 Vdc
To ConnectorsJR1, JS1, JT1
Figure 9-74. TRPG Terminal Board Wiring
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-125
DTRT - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Trip Transition BoardThe DTRT board is a DIN-rail mounted trip transition board that interfaces theVTUR board with the DRLY board. DTRT allows up to six trip functions on theVTUR to interface with DRLY, instead of the normal TRPG board. Two VTURboards can be connected to the DTRT to control a total of six relays on DRLY, asshown in Figure 9-75. Only the Simplex version of this board is available. DTRTtransfers board identification from the ID chip on DRLY to VTUR for diagnosticpurposes. DTRT has its own ID chip connnected to J2.
DTRT must be used in all applications where trips from VTUR to DRLY arerequired. DTRT cannot be eliminated if the application requires only one VTUR.Three 37-pin D connectors for the three cables are provided. A high density EuroBlock type terminal block is permanently mounted to the board with three screwconnections for the ground connection (SCOM).
VME Bus to VCMI
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VTUR
J3
J4
J5
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VTUR
J3
J4
J5
VTUR Boards
Three relay circuits
Three relay circuits
To DRLY board
(Six relay circuits)
DTRT Board
J1
J2
ID
J3
To first DTUR board
To second DTUR board
To first DTUR board
To second DTUR board
Figure 9-75. DTRT Board
9-126 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
InstallationThere is no shield terminationstrip with this design.
The DTRT board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Thethree cables connecting VTUR and DRLY plug into the 37-pin D type connector asshown in Figure 9-76. The first three DRLY circuits are driven by the VTURconnected to J1, and the second three DRLY circuits are driven by the VTURconnected to J2. Three screws are provided on terminal block TB1 for the SCOM(ground) connection, which should be as short a distance as possible.
DTRT must be used in all applications where trips from VTUR to DRLYs arerequired. DTRT is still required if the application only requires one VTUR
J1 J2 J3
To DRLY board(Six relay circuits)
TB1
DTRT
123
SCOM
DIN-railmounting
Cable from first VTUR board
Cable from second VTUR board
Plastic mounting holder
Chassis GroundChassis GroundChassis Ground
Figure 9-76. DTRT Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-127
DTUR - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Pulse Rate TerminalBoard
The DTUR board is a compact pulse-rate terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. The board accepts four passive pulse-rate transducers (magnetic pickups)for speed and flow measurement. It connects to the VTUR processor board with a37-pin cable and a 15-pin cable as shown in Figure 9-77. These cables are identicalto those used on the larger TTUR terminal board. DTUR boards can be stackedvertically on the DIN-rail to conserve cabinet space. VTUR only accommodates oneDTUR board, and only the Simplex version is available.
DTUR has on-board pulse rate signal conditioning identical to that on the TTUR.High density Euro Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the boardwith two screws for the ground connection (SCOM). Two on-board ID chips identifythe connectors and board to VTUR for system diagnostic purposes.
<R> Control Rack
VTUR
J3
Connectorsat bottom ofVME rack
J5
J4
f( )Pr/DMUXA/D
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
JR5
1
#1 MagneticSpeed Pickup
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
NS
#2 MagneticSpeed Pickup
2
3
4
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
#3 MagneticSpeed Pickup
5
6
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
#4 MagneticSpeed Pickup
7
8
JR1
CircuitTerminals
DTUR Board
SCOM
SCOM
SCOM
SCOM
ID
ID
MPU1H
MPU1L
MPU2H
MPU2L
MPU3H
MPU3L
MPU4H
MPU4L
NoiseSuppresion
NS
NS
NS
Figure 9-77. DTUR Board
9-128 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
InstallationThere is no shield terminationstrip with this design.
The DTUR board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Themagnetic pickups are wired directly to the terminal block which has 36 terminals asshown in Figure 9-78. Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted pair wiring is used.There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short adistance as possible.
JR1
37-pin "D" shellconnector withlatching fasteners
MPU 1 (High)135
11
79
1314 1517192123252729313335
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234 Chassis ground
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for VTURboard Euro Block type
terminal block
Plastic mountingholder
JR5
SCOM
MPU 2 (High)MPU 3 (High)MPU 4 (High)
MPU 2 (Low)MPU 1 (Low)
MPU 4 (Low)MPU 3 (Low)
DIN-rail mounting
Cable to J5 onfront of VTURboard
DTUR
Chassis ground
Screw ConnectionsScrew Connections
MPU meansMagnetic Pick Up
Figure 9-78. DTUR Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-129
VVIB/TVIB - Vibration/PositionThe Mark VI system uses Bently Nevada probes for shaft vibration monitoring. Upto 14 probes connect directly to the TVIB terminal board, two of which can becabled to the VVIB board. The signals are processed by the VVIB board, and thedigitized displacement and velocity signals are sent over the VME bus to thecontroller. If desired a Bently Nevada 3500 monitoring system can be cabled into theterminal board to permanently monitor turbine vibration. Also the type 2 terminalboard (TVIBH2A) has BNC connectors allowing portable vibration data gatheringequipment to be plugged in for predictive maintenance purposes. (The BNC signalsinclude a 10µ ohm isolating resistance.) These connectors are shown in Figure 9-79,and details of the TVIB board are shown in Figure 9-80.
VME Bus to VCMI
TVIB Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack R
Cable toRack S
Cable toRack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VVIB
J3
J4
VVIB VME Board
x
x
JS1
JB1
JC1
JT1JA1
JR1
Cable from second TVIB
Shield Bar
2468
1012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JD1
Plugs for Portable Bently-Nevada Data Gathering &Monitoring Equipment
VibrationSignals
VibrationSignals
Cables to fixed Bently-Nevada 3500 VibrationMonitoring System
P1P2
P3P4P5P6
P7P8P9P10
P11121314
.......
...
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
.......
Figure 9-79. Vibration Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
9-130 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Terminal Board TVIBH2A
PROX
N28V
V
S
1
2
3
S
S
S
CL
<S><T>
N28VR
PCOM
3mAJP1A
s
N24V1
PR01H
PR01LN28V
N28V
Vibration BoardVVIB
JR1
JS1
JT1
<R><S>
<T>
Vib. or Pos.Prox. (P), orSeismic (S),or Accel (A),or Velomiter(V)
Eight of theabove ccts.
JA1
JB1
JC1
JD1
BufferAmplifiers
BufferAmplifiers
BufferAmplifiers
P,A
V
S
P,V,A
NegativeVolt Ref
JP1B
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PCOM
N24V9
PR09H
PR09L
PROX
25
26
27
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PROX
N24V13
PR13H
PR13L
37
38
39
PCOM
28Vdc
Amp A/D
Same as<S>
Same as<T>
TMRApplications
Samplingtype A/DConverter(16 bit)
ToController
Four cables to BentlyNevada 3500 System
PositionProx
Reference orKeyphasorProx.
Four of theabove ccts.
One of the above ccts for Mark VI.(Two of the above ccts for B/N
P1-P8
P9-P12
P13-P14
BNCConnectors
DB25
DB25
DB25
DB9
J3
J3
J3
J4
J4
J4
ID
ID
ID
CurrentLimit
Figure 9-80. TVIB Board, Vibration Probes, and Bently Nevada Interface
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-131
OperationTVIB supports Proximitor, Seismic, Accelerometer, and Velomitor probes of thetype supplied by Bently Nevada. Power for the vibration probes comes from theVVIB boards, in either Simplex or TMR mode. The probe signals return to VVIBwhere they are A/D converted and sent over the VME bus to the controller.Vibration, eccentricity, and axial position alarms and trip logic are generated in thecontroller.
A �28 V dc source is supplied to the terminal board from the VME board forProximitor power. In TMR systems, a diode high-select circuit selects the highest�28 V dc bus for redundancy. Regulators provide individual excitation sources, �23to �26 V dc, short circuit protected. Probe inputs are sampled at high speed overdiscrete time periods. The maximum and minimum values are accumulated, thedifference is taken (max-min) for vibration, and the results are filtered. The resultingpeak to peak voltage is scaled to yield mils (peak to peak) displacement, or velocity.
Features
Vibration FunctionsVibration probe inputs are normally used for four protective functions in turbineapplications as follows:
Vibration: Proximity probes monitor the peak-to-peak radial displacement of theshaft (the shaft motion in the journal bearing) in two radial directions. This systemuses non-contacting probes and Proximitors, and results in alarm, trip, and faultdetection.
Rotor Axial Position: A probe is mounted in a bracket assembly off the thrustbearing casing to observe the motion of the thrust collar on the turbine rotor. Thissystem uses non-contacting probes and Proximitors, and results in thrust bearingwear alarm, trip, and fault detection.
Differential Expansion: This application uses non-contacting probe(s) andProximitor(s) and results in alarm, trip, and fault detection for excessive expansiondifferential between the rotor and the turbine casing.
Rotor Eccentricity: A probe is mounted adjacent to the shaft to continuously sensethe surface and update the turbine control. The calculation of eccentricity is madeonce per revolution while the turbine is on turning gear. Alarm and fault indicationsare provided.
ProbesThe eight vibration inputs on each terminal board can be applied as eitherproximitor, accelerometer, seismic (velocity), or velomitor inputs. Jumpers on theterminal board are used to assign a specific vibration sensor type to each input pointwith the seismic type assigned to point (S), the velomitor type assigned to point (V),and the proximitor and accelerometer types sharing point (P/A). A proximitor reads ashaft keyway to generate a once per revolution KeyPhasor input for phase anglereference.
Alarms and TripsDiagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and ahigh/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in thefield.
9-132 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
A probe fault, alarm, or trip condition will occur if either of an X or Y probe pairexceeds its limits. In addition, the application software will inhibit a vibration trip(the ac component) if a probe fault is detected based on the dc component.
Position inputs for thrust wear protection, differential expansion, and eccentricity aremonitored similar to the vibration inputs except only the dc component is used for aposition indication. A 16-bit sampling type A/D converter is used with 14-bitresolution and overall circuit accuracy of 1% of full scale.
Vibration Monitoring and AnalysisMark VI provides vibrationprotection and displays thebasic vibration parameters
Each input is actively isolated and the signals made available through four plugs fordirect cabling to a Bently Nevada 3500 monitor. This configuration provides themaximum reliability by having a direct interface from the proximitors to the turbinecontrol for trip protection and still retain the real-time data access to the BentlyNevada system for static and dynamic vibration monitoring. Note that the Mark VIdisplays the total vibration, the 1X vibration component and the 1X vibration phaseangle, but it is not intended as a vibration analysis system.
Fourteen BNC connectors on TVIB provide buffered signals available to portabledata gathering equipment for predictive maintenance purposes. Buffered outputshave unity gain, 10 K ohm internal impedance, and can drive loads up to 1500 ohms.
Specification
Table 9-32. VVIB Specification
Item Specification
Number of Channels TVIB: 13 probes: 8 Vibration, 4 Position, 1 Key PhasorVVIB: 26 probes with two TVIB boards
Vibration Measurement Range Accuracy FrequencyProximity Displacement 0 to 4.5 V pp ±0 .030 V pp 5 to 200 Hz
Displacement 0 to 4.5 V pp ±0 .150 V pp 200 to 500 Hz
Seismic Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 5 to 200 HzVelocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 200 to 500 Hz
Velomitor Velocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [2% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 5 to 200 HzVelocity 0 to 2.25 V p Max [5% reading, ±0.008 Vp] 200 to 500 Hz
Accelerometer Velocity (track filter) 0 to 2.25 V p ±0 .015 Vp 10 to 233 Hz
Position Position −.5 to −20 V dc ±0.2 V dc Air Gap (average)
Phase Degrees 0 to 360 degrees ±2 degrees up to 14,000 rpm(1X vibration component with respect to key slot)
Probe Power �24 V dc from the �28 V dc bus; each probe supply is current limited.12 mA load per transducer
Probe Signal Sampling 16-bit A/D converter with 14-bit resolution on the VVIBSampling rate is 4,600 samples per second in fast scan mode (4,000 to 17,500 rpm)Sampling rate is 2,586 samples per second for nine or more probes (less than 4,000 rpm)All inputs are simultaneously sampled in time windows of 160 ms.
Rated RPM If greater than 4,000 rpm, can use eight vibration channels, (others can be Prox/position)If less than 4,000 rpm, can use 16 vibration channels, and other probes
Buffered outputs Amplitude accuracy is 0.1% for signal to Bently Nevada 3500 vibration analysis system
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-133
ConfigurationTable 9-33. VVIB Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
System Limits Enable system limits Enable, Disable
Vib_PP_Fltr First order filter time constant (sec) 0.01 to 2
LMVib1A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, input #1 - CardPoint
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
SysLim1Enable Enable System Limit 1 Fault Check Enable, Disable
SysLim1Latch Latch System Limit 1 Fault Latch, Not Latch
SysLim1Type System Limit 1 Check Type >= or <=
SysLimit1 System Limit 1 - Vibration in mils (Prox) or Inch/sec(seismic, accel)
−100 to +100
SysLim2Enable Enable System Limit 2 (same configuration as above) Enable, Disable
TMR_DiffLimt Difference Limit for Voted TMR Inputs in Volts or Mils −100 to +100
LMVib1B Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_B, #1 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
LMVib1C Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_C, #1 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
LMVib2A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, #2 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
LMVib2B Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_B, #2 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
LMVib2C Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_C, #2 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
LMVib3A Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_A, #3 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
LMVib3B Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_B, #3 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
LMVib3C Vib, 1X component, for LM_RPM_C, #3 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
J3:IS200TVIBH1A Vibration Terminal board, first of two Connected, Not Connected
GAP1_VIB1 Average Air Gap (for Prox) or DC volts (for others) -Card Point
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
VIB_Type Type of vibration probe Unused, PosProx, VibProx,VibProx-KPH1, VibProx-KPH2,VibLMAccel, VibVelomitor,KeyPhasor
VIB_Scale Volts/mil or Volts/ips 0 to 2
ScaleOff Scale offset for Prox position only, in mils 0 to 90
SysLim1Enable Enable System Limit 1 Enable, Disable
SysLim1Latch Latch the alarm Latch, Not Latch
SysLim1Type System Limit 1 Check Type >= or <=
SysLimit1 System Limit 1 � GAP in negative volts (for Vel) orpositive mils (Prox)
−100 to +100
SysLim2Enabl Enable System Limit 2 (same configuration as above) Enable, Disable
TMR_DiffLimt Difference Limit for Voted TMR Inputs in Volts or Mils −100 to +100
9-134 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Vib1 Vibration, displacement (pk-pk) or velocity (pk) - CardPoint
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
SysLim1Enable System limits configured as above Enable, Disable
GAP2_VIB2 Second Vibration Probe of 8 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Vib2 Vibration, displacement (pk-pk) or velocity (pk) - CardPoint
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
GAP9_POS1 First Position Probe of 4 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
GAP13_KPH1 Key Phasor Probe air gap - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
J4:IS200TVIBH1A Second Vibration Terminal board Connected, Not Connected
GAP14_VIB9 First Vibration Probe of 8 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Vib9 Vibration, displacement (pk-pk) or velocity (pk) - CardPoint
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
GAP22_POS5 First Position Probe of 4 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
GAP26_KPH2 Key Phasor Probe air gap - Card Point Point edit (Input FLOAT)
Card Points Signals Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VVIB1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VVIB2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VVIB3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
SysLim1GAP1 Gap signal limit Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim1GAP26 Gap signal limit Input BIT
SysLim2GAP1 Gap signal limit Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim2GAP26 Gap signal limit Input BIT
SysLim1VIB1 Vibration signal limit Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim1VIB16 Vibration signal limit Input BIT
SysLim1ACC1 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim1ACC9 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT
SysLim2VIB1 Vibration signal limit Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim2VIB16 Vibration signal limit Input BIT
SysLim2ACC1 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim2ACC9 Acceleration signal limit Input BIT
RPM_KPH1 Speed RPM, of KP #1 Input FLOAT
RPM_KPH2 Speed RPM, of KP #2 Input FLOAT
Vib1X1 Vibration, 1X component only, displacement Input FLOAT
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-135
: : Input FLOAT
Vib1X16 Vibration, 1X component only, displacement Input FLOAT
Vib1XPH1 Angle of 1X component to KP Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
Vib1XPH16 Angle of 1X component to KP Input FLOAT
LM_RPM_A -------- Output FLOAT
LM_RPM_B -------- Output FLOAT
LM_RPM_C -------- Output FLOAT
InstallationFourteen vibration probes are wired to the two terminal blocks, three wires perprobe. Jumpers JP1 through JP8 select the type of the first eight probes. Refer toFigure 9-81 for wiring and connector pin assignments. Use of connectors JA1, JB1,JC1, and JD1 for a Bently Nevada system is optional, and there are no permanentcable connections to BNCs P1 through P14.
9-136 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Vibration TerminalBoard TVIBH2A
N24V0124681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PR01 (L)
PR03 (L)
PR02 (L)PR03 (H)
PR04 (H)PR04 (L)PR05 (H)
PR05 (L)PR06 (H)PR06 (L)
Connectors JR1, JS1, JT1, to VME Racks
Connectors JA1,JB1, JC1, JD1 to optionalBentley Nevada 3500 system
P1P2
P3P4P5P6
P7P8P9P10
P11P12P13P14
JP1BJP1AJP2BJP2AJP3BJP3AJP4BJP4AJP5BJP5AJP6BJP6AJP7BJP7AJP8BJP8A
N24V02
N24V03
N24V04
N24V05
N24V06
N24V07N24V08
N24V09
N24V10
N24V11
N24V12
N24V13
N24V14
PR01 (H)
PR02 (H)
PR07 (H)
PR08 (H)
PR09 (H)
PR10 (H)
PR11 (H)
PR12 (H)
PR13 (H)
PR14 (H)
PR07 (L)
PR08 (L)
PR09 (L)
PR10 (L)
PR11 (L)
PR12 (L)
PR13 (L)
PR14 (L)
ProbeSelectionJumpers
BNCconnectorsfor portabledatagatheringequipment
S P,V,A
VS
P,AJumperPositions
P1 is PR01P2 is PR02and so on.P14 is forBently Nevada
Jumper JPXA:S = SeismicV = VelomitorP = ProximitorA = Accelerometer
Jumper JPXB:S = SeismicV = VelomitorP = ProximitorA = Accelerometer
JPxB B/N Buffer:JPxA Sensor Input:
Connector Pin AssignmentsCkt Sensor Conn Comm Sign Shld01 Vib 1 JA1 2 3 402 Vib 2 JA1 6 7 803 Vib 3 JA1 10 11 1204 Vib 4 JA1 24 23 2205 Vib 5 JB1 2 3 406 Vib 6 JB1 6 7 807 Vib 7 JB1 10 11 1208 Vib 8 JB1 24 23 2209 Pos 1 JC1 2 3 410 Pos 2 JC1 6 7 811 Pos 3 JC1 10 11 1212 Pos 4 JC1 24 23 2213 Ref probeJD1 3 1 214 B/N only JD1 9 5 4
Vibrationprobes
Positionprobes
Referenceprobe
Bently Nevadaprobe
Px, BNCConnector
P1P2P3P4P5P6P7P8P9
P10 P11 P12 P13P14
Figure 9-81. Terminal Board TVIB Wiring
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-137
DVIB - Simplex DIN-rail Mounted Vibration TerminalBoard
The DVIB board is a compact vibration terminal board, designed for DIN-railmounting. (Designed to meet UL 1604 specification for operation in a 65 °C class 1,division 2 environment.) The board accepts eight vibration, four position, and onekeyphasor input. It connects to the VVIB processor board with a 37-pin cable asshown in Figure 9-82. These cables are identical to those used on the larger TVIBterminal board. VVIB accommodates two DVIB boards, and only the simplexversion is available.
High-frequency decoupling to ground on all signals is the same as on TVIB. Highdensity Euro Block type terminal blocks are permanently mounted to the board withtwo screws for the ground connection (SCOM). An on-board ID chip identifies theboard to VVIB for system diagnostic purposes.
DVIB Board
PROX
N28V
V
S
1
2
3
S
S
S
CL
N28VR
PCOM
3mAJP1A
S
N24V1
PR01H
PR01L
JR1
Vib. or Pos.Prox. (P), orSeismic (S),or Accel (A),or Velomiter(V)
Eight of theabove ccts.
P,A
V
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PCOM
N24V9
PR09H
PR09L
PROX
25
26
27
S
S
S
CL
N28V
PROX
N24V13
PR13H
PR13L
37
38
39
PCOM
PositionProx
Reference orKeyphasorProx.
Four of theabove ccts.
IDCurrent
Limit
Vibration BoardVVIB
<R>
28Vdc
Amp A/D
Samplingtype A/DConverter(16 bit)
ToController
J4
J3
P28V
Figure 9-82. DVIB Board
9-138 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Installation
There is no shield terminalstrip with this design.
The DVIB board slides into a plastic holder, which mounts on the DIN-rail. Thevibration probes are wired directly to the terminal block which has 42 terminals asshown in Figure 9-83. Typically #18 AWG shielded twisted triplet wiring is used.There are two screws for the SCOM (ground) connection, which should be as short adistance as possible.
PR05 (L)
JR1
DIN Vibration Terminal Board DVIB
N24V01PR01 (L)
135
11
79
1314 15171921232527293133
373941
35
42
2468
1012
1618202224262830
36
3234
3840
PR02 (H)N24V03PR03 (L)PR04 (H)IN24V05
PR06 (H)N24V07PR07 (L)PR08 (H)N24V09PR09 (L)PR10 (H)N24V11PR11 (L)PR12 (H)
PR01 (H)N24V02PR02 (L)PR03 (H)N24V04PR04 (L)PR05 (H)N24V06PR06 (L)PR07 (H)N24V08PR08 (L)PR09 (H)N24V10PR10 (L)PR11 (H)N24V12PR12 (L)
Screw Connections
DIN-rail mounting
Euro Block typeterminal block
Plastic mountingholder
SCOM
Screw Connections
37-pin "D" shellconnector with latchingfasteners
Cable to J3connector in I/Orack for the VVIBboard
N24V13
SCOMSCOM
PR13 (H) PR13 (L)
JP1AV P
JP5AV P
JP2AV P
JP3AV P
JP4AV P
JP6AV P
JP7AV P
JP8AV P
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Vib1-8
Pos1-4
RefProbe
Figure 9-83. DVIB Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-139
VGEN/TGEN - Generator BoardThe generator board VGEN and its terminal board TGEN monitor the generatorthree-phase voltage and currents, and calculate three-phase power and power factor.The boards and cabling are shown in Figure 9-84. For large steam turbineapplications, VGEN provides the Power Load Unbalance (PLU) and Early ValveActuation (EVA) functions, using fast acting solenoids located on the TRLYterminal board.
VME Bus to VCMI
TGEN Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack R
Cable to VMERack S
Cable to VMERack T
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VGEN
J3
J4
VGEN VME Board
x
x
JS1
JT1
JR1
Cable to Optional TRLY,for Fast Acting Solenoids
Shield Bar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
13579
11131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
CurrentInputs &Gen PTSignals
Gen CTSignals
TB1
TB2
TB3
TB4
Figure 9-84. Generator Terminal Board, Processor Board, and Cabling
OperationVGEN monitors two, three-phase potential transformer (PT) inputs, and three, one-phase current transformer (CT) inputs. On TGEN there are four analog inputs whichcan be configured for 4-20 mA or ± 5, ± 10 V dc.
9-140 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Test points on the generator and bus voltages and currents are for checking the phaseof the input signals. Signal conversion and calculations of power, power factor andfrequency take place on the VGEN board. Details of the terminal board are shown inFigure 9-85.
Note TGEN may be used with on VGEN board (Simplex) or three VGEN boards(TMR).
Terminal Board TGEN
Current Limit
NoiseSuppression.
250 ohms
Vdc
20 ma
JP1A+24 Vdc
+/-5,10 Vdc
4-20 ma
Return
4 Circuits per Term. Board
19
20
21
A
B
C
Generator3-PhaseVolts(115 Vac)
TP-GA
TP-GB
TP-GC
22
23
24
A
B
C
Bus3-PhaseVolts(115 Vac)
TP-BA
TP-BB
TP-BC
TB1
<R><S>
<T>
GeneratorBoardVGEN
Controller
JR1
Connectors at bottomof VME Racks
A/D
Shownfor <R>
Samefor <S>
Samefor <T>
+28 VdcJ3
JS1
JT1
J3
J3
Buffer
Open Return
To TRLYfrom<R><S><T>
17
18 PCOMTB1
115 Vrms yields1.5333 Vrms,Gen & Bus
Test Points
ID
ID
ID
01
03
H1
L1Current -Phase C(115 Vac)
TP-IC11:2000
TP-IC202
04
H2
L2
01
03
H1
L1Current -Phase B(115 Vac)
TP-IB11:2000
TP-IB202
04
H2
L2
Noise Suppr.
01
03
H1
L1
Current -Phase A(115 Vac)
TP-IA11:2000
TP-IA202
04
H2
L2TB3
100 ohms0.01%
TB4
TB4
TB2
Analog Inputs
01
03
02
04
P28V, RP28VVS
T
5 amp input yields0.25 Vrms (line-neutral) or0.433 Vrms (line-line)
100 ohms0.01%
100 ohms0.01%
JP1B
PCOM
Figure 9-85. TGEN Board Showing Potential and Current Transformer Inputs
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-141
FeaturesVGEN monitors generator three-phase power, and supplies the Power LoadUnbalance (PLU) and Early Valve Actuation (EVA) functions for large steamturbines.
Power MonitoringThe generator and bus PT inputs are three-wire, open delta, voltage measurementsthat are used to calculate all three line-to-line voltages. They are not used forautomatic synchronizing which requires two separate single-phase PT inputs. EachPT input is nominally 115 V rms, and the PTs are magnetically isolated.
Three single-phase CT inputs are provided with a normal current range of 0 to 5 Acontinuous. The CTs are magnetically isolated on TGEN. Terminations for the CTsare on non-pluggable terminal blocks with captive lugs accepting are up to #10AWG wires. Test points are provided for all PT and CT inputs to verify the phase inthe field. The following parameters are calculated from these inputs:• Total MWatts• Total MVars• Total MVA• Power Factor• Bus Frequency (5 to 66 Hz)
The four analog inputs can accept 4−20 mA inputs or ± 5, ±10 V dc inputs. A +24 Vdc source is available for all four circuits with individual current limits for eachcircuit. The 4−20 mA transducer can be connected to use the +24 V dc source fromthe turbine control or as a self-powered source. A jumper is located on the terminalboard to select between current and voltage inputs for each circuit. High frequencyand 50/60 Hz noise is reduced with an analog hardware filter
Specification
Table 9-34. VGEN Specification
Item Specification
Inputs to TGEN and VGEN 2 Three-phase Generator and Bus PTs3 One-phase Generator CTs4 Analog Inputs (4−20 mA, ± 5, ± 10 V dc)
Outputs from VGEN via TRLY 12 Relay Outputs (for large steam turbines)
Generator and Bus Voltages Nominal 115 V rms with range of interest of 10 to 120%Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 25 to 66 HzMagnetic isolation to 1,500 V rms and loading less than 3 VAInput measurement resolution is 0.1%Input accuracy is 0.5% of rated V rms from 45 to 66 HzInput accuracy is 1.0% of rated V rms from 25 to 45 HzInput loading less than 3 VA per circuit
Generator Current Inputs Normal current range is 0 to 5 A with overange to 10 ANominal frequency 50/60 Hz with range of interest 45 to 66 HzMagnetic isolation to 1,500 V rmsInput accuracy 0.5% of full scale (5A) with resolution of 0.1% FSInput burden less than 0.5 ohms per circuit
9-142 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Analog Inputs Current Inputs: 4−20 mAVoltage Inputs: ± 5 V dc or ± 10 V dcTransducers can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the control cabinetwith a two-way cable resistance of 15 ohms.Input burden resistor on TGEN is 250 ohms.Jumper selection of single ended or self powered inputsJumper selection of voltage or current inputsAnalog Input Filter: Breaks at 72 and 500 radians/secAc Common Mode Rejection (CMR) 60 dBDc Common Mode Rejection (CMR) 80 dB
Conversion Accuracy Sampling type 16-bit A/D Converter, 14 bit resolutionAccuracy 0.1% overall
Frame Rate 100 Hz
Calculated values Total MWatts and MVars have an accuracy of 1% FS, and 0.5%for totalizing.Total MVA and Power Factor have an accuracy of 1% full scale.Bus frequency (5 to 66 Hz) has an accuracy of ± 0.1%.
Configuration
Table 9-35. Typical VGEN Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
PLU_Enab Enable PLU function Enable, Disable
PLU_Del_Enab Enable PLU delay Enable, Disable
MechPwrInput Mech. Power via TMR (first 3 MA ccts), Dual Xducer(Max), Single Xducer, or Signal Space
TMR_1 thru 3, Dual 1 and 2,SMX_1, SMX_2, Signal Space
PLU_Rate Select PLU threshold rate ME, LO, HI
PLU_Unbal PLU Unbalance threshold % 20 to 80
PLU_Delay PLU delay, secs 0 to 10
Press Ratg Reheat press equiv. to 100% Mech. Power 50 to 600
Current Ratg Generator Current equivalent to 100% Elect Power 1,000 to 60,000
EVA_Enab Enable EVA function Enable, Disable
EVA_ExtEnab Enable external EVA function Enable, Disable
EVA_Rate Select EVA threshold rate LO, ME, HI
EVA_Unbal EVA unbalance threshold % 20 to 80
EVA_Delay EVA drop out time, seconds 0 to 10
MW_Ratg Generator MW equivalent to 100 % Electrical Power 10 to 1,500
IVT_Enab Enable IVT function Enable, Disable
Min_MA_Input Minimum MA for Healthy 4-20 mA Input 0 to 21
MAx_MA_Input Maximum MA for Healthy 4-20 mA Input 0 to 21
SystemFreq System Frequency in Hz 50 or 60
J3:IS200TGENH1A Connected, Not Connected
AnalogIn1 First Analog Input (of four) - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Input Type Type of analog input Unused, 4−20 ma, ± 5 V, ± 10 V
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-143
Low Input Input MA at low value −10 to 20
Low Value Input value in Engineering Units at low MA(configuration inputs the same as for TBAI)
−3.4028e+038 to 3.4028e+038
System Limits Standard System Limits (see TBAI configuration)
GenPT_Vab_KV Generator Potential Transformer Input "ab", (first of 3)- Card Point
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
PT_Input PT Input in KiloVolts rms for PT_output 1 to 1,000
PT_Output PT Output in Volts rms for PT_Input-typically 115 60 to 150
Phase Shift Compensating Phase Shift, applied to PT signals Zero, Plus 30, Plus 60, Minus 30,Minus 60
System Limits Standard System Limits (similar to Analog Inputs)
BusPT_Vab_KV Bus Potential Transformer Input "ab", (first of three)configuration similar to GenPT - Card Point
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
GenCT_A Generator Current Transformer A (first of three) - CardPoint
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
CT_Input CT Input in Amperes rms for rated CT_Output 100 to 50,000
CT_Output Rated CT Output in Amperes rms, typically 5 1 to 5
System Limits Standard System Limits (similar to genPT)
J4:IS200TRLYH1A Connected, Not Connected
Relay01_Tst Fast Acting Solenoid #1 Test, first of 12 relays - CardPoint
Point Edit (Output BIT)
Relay Output FAS Valve Type Unused, CV, Tst Only, CV EVA
RelayDropTime Relay dropout time 0 to 5
Card Points Signals Description � Point Edit (Enter Signal Name) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VGEN1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VGEN2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VGEN3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
SysLim1Anal1 System Limit 1 exceeded on Analog cct #1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim1Anal4 System Limit 1 exceeded on Analog cct #4 Input BIT
SysLim2Anal1 System Limit 2 exceeded on Analog cct #1 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SysLim2Anal4 System Limit 2 exceeded on Analog cct #4 Input BIT
SysL1GenPTab System Limit 1 exceeded on Gen PT, Vab Input BIT
SysL1GenPTbc System Limit 1 exceeded on Gen PT, Vbc Input BIT
SysL1GenPTca System Limit 1 exceeded on Gen PT, Vca Input BIT
SysL1BusPTab System Limit 1 exceeded on Bus PT, Vab Input BIT
SysL1BusPTbc System Limit 1 exceeded on Bus PT, Vbc Input BIT
SysL1BusPTca System Limit 1 exceeded on Bus PT, Vca Input BIT
SysL2GenPTab System Limit 2 exceeded on Gen PT, Vab Input BIT
SysL2GenPTbc System Limit 2 exceeded on Gen PT, Vbc Input BIT
9-144 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
SysL2GenPTca System Limit 2 exceeded on Gen PT, Vca Input BIT
SysL2BusPTab System Limit 2 exceeded on Bus PT, Vab Input BIT
SysL2BusPTbc System Limit 2 exceeded on Bus PT, Vbc Input BIT
SysL2BusPTca System Limit 2 exceeded on Bus PT, Vca Input BIT
SysL1GenCTa System Limit 1 exceeded on Gen CT, Phase A Input BIT
SysL1GenCTb System Limit 1 exceeded on Gen CT, Phase B Input BIT
SysL1GenCTc System Limit 1 exceeded on Gen CT, Phase C Input BIT
SysL2GenCTa System Limit 2 exceeded on Gen CT, Phase A Input BIT
SysL2GenCTb System Limit 2 exceeded on Gen CT, Phase B Input BIT
SysL2GenCTc System Limit 2 exceeded on Gen CT, Phase C Input BIT
Relay01_Fdbk Status of Relay 01 Input BIT
: : Input BIT
Relay12_Fdbk Status of Relay 12 Input BIT
L10PLU_EVT Power Load Unbalance event Input BIT
L10EVA_EVA Early Valve Actuation event Input BIT
GenMW Generator MWatts Input FLOAT
GenMVAR Generator MVars Input FLOAT
GenMVA Generator MVA Input FLOAT
GenPF Generator Power Factor, 0/1/0 Input FLOAT
BusFreq Bus Frequency, Hz Input FLOAT
PLU_Tst Power Load Unbalance Test Output BIT
EVA_Tst Early Valve Actuation Test Output BIT
IV_Trgr Intercept Valve Trigger Command Output BIT
EVA_ExtCmd Early Valve Actuation External Command Output BIT
EVA_ExtPrm Early Valve Actuation External Permissive Output BIT
TN_Hz PLL Center Frequency, Hz Output FLOAT
MechPower Mech Power, percent, when config via signal space Output FLOAT
AnalogIn1 Analog Input 1 Input FLOAT
: : Input FLOAT
AnalogIn4 Analog Input 4 Input FLOAT
GenPT_Vab_KV Kilo-Volts RMS Input FLOAT
GenPT_Vbc_KV Kilo-Volts RMS Input FLOAT
GenPT_Vca_KV Kilo-Volts RMS Input FLOAT
BusPT_Vab_KV Kilo-Volts RMS Input FLOAT
BusPT_Vbc_KV Kilo-Volts RMS Input FLOAT
BusPT_Vca_KV Kilo-Volts RMS Input FLOAT
GenCT_A Generator Amperes RMS, phase A Input FLOAT
GenCT_B Generator Amperes RMS, phase B, same config asPhase A
Input FLOAT
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-145
GenCT_C Generator Amperes RMS, phase C, same config asPhase A
Input FLOAT
Relay01_Tst Fast Acting Sol #1 Test Output BIT
: : Output BIT
Relay12_Tst Fast Acting Sol #12 Test Output BIT
DiagnosticsDiagnostics perform a high/low (hardware) limit check on the input signal and ahigh/low system (software) limit check. The software limit check is adjustable in thefield. Open wire detection is provided for voltage inputs, and relay drivers and coilcurrents are monitored.
Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1, on the terminal board have their own ID device whichis interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location. .
InstallationThe analog current and PT inputs are wired to terminal block 1. The CTs are wired tospecial terminal blocks TB2, 3, and 4, which cannot be unplugged. This protectsagainst an open CT circuit. Jumpers J1A,B through J4A,B set the desired inputcurrent or voltage on analog inputs 1 through 4. The wiring connections are shown inFigure 9-86.
9-146 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Generator Terminal Board TGEN
Terminal Block 1 can beunplugged from terminalboard for maintenance. TB2,TB3, TB4 are not pluggable.
RET (2)
20 mA (1)RET (1) VDC (1)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1357911131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
VDC (2)P24V (2)20mA (2)
P24V (3)20mA (3)VDC (3)
20mA (4) P24V (4)VDC (4)PCOMGenAGenCBusB
RET (4)PCOMGenBBusABusC
TB2
TB3
TB4
JP1A
JP2A
JP3A
JP4A JP4B
JP3B
JP2B
JP1B
20ma VDC RET OPEN
P24V (1)
RET (3)
1234
1234
1234
CurAH1CurAH2CurAL1CurAL2
CurBH1CurBH2CurBL1CurBL2
CurCH1CurCH2CurCL1CurCL2
TB1
Analog Input Jumpers
Test Points
JT1
JS1
JR1
Figure 9-86. Terminal Board TGEN and Wiring
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-147
VPYR/TPYR - Pyrometer BoardThe Optical Pyrometer Board (VPYR) provides a dynamic temperature profile of therotating turbine blades, and computes temperature conditions that can lead to a trip.The Pyrometer terminal board (TPYR) is wired to two infrared TBTMSthermometers, known as Pyrometers, and to two KeyPhasor Proximitor probes forshaft reference. Dedicated analog to digital converters on VPYR provide samplingrates up to 200,000 samples per second for burst data from two of the temperaturechannels. Fast temperature data is made available for display and off-line evaluation.The terminal board has Simplex and TMR capability, as shown in Figure 9-87.
2468
1012141618202224
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
x
xxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x x
x
JS1
JR1
x
x
RUNFAILSTAT
VPYR
J3
J4
VME Bus to VCMI
37-pin "D" shell typeconnectors withlatching fasteners
Cable to VMERack R
Connectors onVME Rack
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
Shield Bar
VPYR VME BoardTPYR Terminal Board
JT1
PyrometerWiring
KeyPhasorWiring
Cables to VMERacks S and T
Figure 9-87. Pyrometer Terminal Board, Processor, and Cabling
9-148 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
OperationAnalog signals from the terminal board, shown in Figure 9-88, are cabled to theVPYR processor board where signal sampling and conversion take place. VPYRcalculates the temperature profiles and runs turbine protection algorithms using bothpyrometer signals. If a trip is indicated and the signals are validated, VPYR issuesthe trip signal.
TPYR Terminal Board
JR1
P28VRP28VS
CurrentLimiter
CurrentLimiter
N28VXCurrentLimiter
Chan B
Chan A
N24A
P24B
N24Pr1
FanDistrib-ution5
6
78
910
1112
3
13
1718
19
2221
20
2324
303132
N28VRN28VSN28VT
N28VX
CurrentLimiter
P24A1 P28VXPCOM2
PCOM4N28VX
PCOM14P28VX
CurrentLimiter
N24B15PCOM16
N28VX
P28VRN28VRAverage
Max-Pk
Avg-Pk
Fast
Avg
Max Pk
Fast
Avg-Pk
PrH1PrL1
N28VXCurrentLimiterN24Pr233
3435
PrH2
PrL2
KeyPhasor#1
KeyPhasor#2
<R>
J3
<S><T>
P28VXP28VT
Noise Suppression on allInputs & Power Outputs
20ma A1RetA1
100 ohms
JS1
JT1
P28VSN28VS
P28VTN28VT
J3
J3
VPYR Pyrometer Board
sampling
sampling
A/D
A/D
A/D
Chan A
Chan B
Mux
Fast
Fast
Allothers
Fast
Fast
Same for <S>
Same for<T>
ID
ID
ID
20ma A2
20ma A3
20ma A4
RetA2
RetA3
RetA4
20ma B1RetB1
20ma B2
20ma B3
20ma B4
RetB2
RetB3
RetB4
PROX
PROX
PYROMETER
PYROMETER
Figure 9-88. TPYR Terminal Board and Processor Board
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-149
Features
Optical Pyrometer MeasurementsTwo infrared pyrometers dynamically measure the temperature profile of the rotatingturbine blades. Each pyrometer is powered by a +24 V dc and a �24 V dc source onthe terminal board, diode selected from voltages supplied by the three VPYR boards.Four 4−20 mA signals are returned from each pyrometer, representing the followingblade measurements:• The average temperature• The maximum peak temperature• The average peak temperature• A fast dynamic profile, with 30 kHz bandpass, providing the full signature.
Each 4−20 mA input generates a voltage across a resistor which is sent to the VPYRboard where it is multiplexed and converted. A dedicated A/D converter is used tosample the fast input (#4) at up to 200,000 samples per second. VPYR can beconfigured for different numbers of turbine buckets, with up to 30 temperaturesamples per bucket.
KeyPhasor InputsTwo keyphasors are used for shaft position reference, one as a backup. Thesekeyphasor probes and associated circuitry are identical to those used withTVIB/VVIB. They sense a shaft keyway or pedestal to provide a time stamp.
Turbine Protection AlgorithmFast burst data is used for the protection algorithms. One peak temperature perbucket is isolated and the highest for that revolution is selected. The deltatemperature compared to the previous revolution is calculated (the rate of change)and compared to a calculated value which uses configurable parameters. Three ofthese are computed using different parameters. Similarly a distance variable iscomputed by taking the difference between the revolution peak and a peak taken ysamples ago, where y is configurable. This delta is also compared to a configurablevalue. Finally the three rate signals and one distance signal are logically combinedwith permissives and the other channel trip condition to produce the trip signal.
DiagnosticsVPYR provides system limit checking on the KeyPhasor gap signals. The twopyrometer inputs are compared against configuration limits to determine if they aretracking, and the fast data is compared with other inputs to check validity.
Connectors JR1, JS1, and JT1, on the terminal board have their own ID device whichis interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
9-150 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Specification
Table 9-36. VPYR Board Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Inputs 2 Pyrometers, each with 4 analog 4�20 mA current signals
(TPYR and VPYR) 2 Key Phasor probes, each with �0.5 to �20 V dc inputs
Current Inputs from Pyrometers 4-20 mA across a 100 ohm resistorCommon Mode Rejection: Dc up to ± 5 V dc, CMRR of 80 dB
Ac up to ± 5 Volt peak, CMRR of 60 dBMeasurement accuracy of ± 0.1 % full scale, 14-bit resolutionBandwidth of 0 to 100 Hz on 6 slow inputs using multiplexed A/D converterBandwidth of 0 to 30,000 Hz on two fast inputs using dedicated A/D converters,sampling at 200,000 per sec.
Keyphasor Inputs Input voltage range of �0.5 to �20 V dcCommon Mode Rejection: CMR of 5 Volt, CMRR of 50 dB at 50/60 HzAccuracy 2 % of full scale (0.2 V dc)Dc level detection typically 0.2 V/mil sensitivitySpeed measurement 2 to 5,610 RPM with accuracy of 0.1 % of reading
Device Excitation Pyrometers have individual power supplies, current limited:P24V source is diode selected, +22 to +30 V dc, 0.175 AmpN24V source is diode selected, -22 to -30 V dc, 0.175 Amp
Measurement Parameters Rated RPM up to 5,100 RPMNumber of Buckets per stage, up to 92Number of samples per bucket, up to 30Fast inputs sampled in bursts covering three revolutions, at twice per second.
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, VPYR is configured using the Control System Toolbox. Thissoftware usually runs on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station orworkstation. Table 9-37 summarizes the configuration choices and defaults. Fordetails refer to GEH-6403, Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VITurbine Controller.
Table 9-37. Typical VPYR Configuration
Module Parameter Description Choices
Calibration
System Limits Enables or Disables all System Limit Checking Enable, Disable
Min_MA_Input Min MA for healthy 4−20 mA Input 0 to 21
Max_MA_Input Max MA for healthy 4−20 mA Input 0 to 21
RPMrated Rated turbine RPM 0 to 10,000
BuckSamples Minimum samples per bucket at 110 percent speed 10 to 30
BuckOffset_A Offset from key to the first bucket, % bucket, Pyr A 0 to 100
BuckSpan_A Percent of bucket to include in Protection Algorithm,Pyr A
0 to 100
BuckNumb_A Number of Buckets, Pyr A 30 to 92
SetptR1_A Setpoint, Rate 1, Pyr A 0 to 30
SetptR1B_A Setpoint, Rate 1, Bias, Avg temp, Pyr A −1 to 1
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-151
SetptR2_A Setpoint, Rate 2, Pyr A 0 to 30
SetptR2B_A Setpoint, Rate 2, Bias, Avg temp, Pyr A −1 to 1
SetptR3_A Setpoint, Rate 3, Pyr A 0 to 30
SetptR3B_A Setpoint, Rate 3, Bias, Avg temp, Pyr A −1 to 1
SetptD_A Setpoint distance, Pyr A 0 to 30
SetptDB_A Setpoint distance. Bias, Avg Temperature, Pyr A −1 to 1
SetptDDepth_A Setpoint, Depth of the Distance measurement, Pyr A 0 to 30
Rate2Enab_A Enable, Temperature rate 2, Pyr A Enable, Disable
Rate3Enab_A Enable, Temperature rate 3, Pyr A Enable, Disable
DistEnab_A Enable Temperature rate 3, Pyr ASame Configuration for Channel B Pyrometer
Enable, Disable
J3:IS200TPYRH1A Terminal board 1 connected to VPYR via J3 Connected, Not connected
SlowAvg_A Slow, Average temperature, Pyr A - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Input Use Is this point used? Used, Unused
Low_Input Input MA at Low Value 0 to 21
Low_Value Input value in Engineering Units at Low MA −3.4e+038 to 3.4e+038
High_Input Input MA at High Value 0 to 21
High_Value Input Value in Engineering Units at High MA −3.4e+038 to 3.4e+038
TMR_Diff Difference Limit for Voted TMR Inputs in % of(High Value-Low Value)
0 to 100
SlowMXPk_A Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr A (configurationsimilar to above) - Card Point
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
SlowAvgPk_A Slow, Average Peak Temperature, Pyr A - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
FastAvg_A Fast, Average Temperature, Pyr A - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
SlowAvg_B Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr B - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
SlowMXPk_B Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr B - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
SlowAvgPk_B Slow, Average Peak Temperature, Pyr B - Card Pt Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
FastAvg_B Fast, Average Temperature, Pyr B - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
GAP_KPH1 Air Gap, Keyphasor #1 - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
VIB-Type Configurable Item Used, Not used
VIB_Scale Volts/mil 0 to 2
KPH_Thrshld Voltage difference from gap voltage where KeyphasorTrigger
1 to 5
KPH_Type Type of Pulse Generator Slot, Pedestal
SysLim System Limits 1 and 2, and TMR same as above Standard Choices
GAP_KPH2 Air Gap, Keyphasor #2, config. Same as above - CardPoint
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
9-152 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Card Points (Signals) Description � Point Edit (Enter Signal Name) Direction Type
L3DIAG_VPYR1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VPYR2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG_VPYR3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
TripPyrA Bucket Temp Rate Trip, Pyrometer A Input BIT
TripPyrB Bucket Temp Rate Trip, Pyrometer B Input BIT
KeyPh1Act Keyphasor 1 Active Input BIT
KeyPh2Act Keyphasor 2 Active Input BIT
SysLim1KP1 System Limit Input BIT
SysLim2KP1 System Limit Input BIT
SysLim1KP2 System Limit Input BIT
SysLim2KP2 System Limit Input BIT
FastMxMxPk_A Fast, Max of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT
FastAgMxPk_A Fast, Average of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT
FastMnMnPk_A Fast, Min of the Min Peaks Temp, Pyr A Input FLOAT
FastAgMnPk_A Fast, Average of the Min Peaks, Pyr A Input FLOAT
FastMxMxPk_B Fast, Max of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT
FastAgMxPk_B Fast, Average of the Max Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT
FastMnMnPk_B Fast, Min of the Min Peaks Temp, Pyr B Input FLOAT
FastAgMnPk_B Fast, Average of the Min Peaks, Pyr B Input FLOAT
RPM_KPH1 RPM Keyphasor #1 Input FLOAT
RPM_KPH2 RPM Keyphasor #2 Input FLOAT
TripBuckIx_A Index of the first Bucket causing trip, Pyr A Input FLOAT
TripBuckNb_A Number of Buckets causing trip, Pyr A Input FLOAT
TripBuckIx_B Index of the first Bucket causing trip, Pyr B Input FLOAT
TripBuckNb_B Number of Buckets causing trip, Pyr B Input FLOAT
LogTrigger When true, records freeze, two before, one after Output BIT
TurbRPM Turbine Speed in RPM Output FLOAT
SlowAvg_A Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr A Input FLOAT
SlowMXPk_A Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr A (configurationsimilar to above)
Input FLOAT
SlowAvgPk_A Slow, Average Peak Temperature, Pyr A Input FLOAT
FastAvg_A Fast, Average Temperature, Pyr A Input FLOAT
SlowAvg_B Slow, Average Temperature, Pyr B Input FLOAT
SlowMXPk_B Slow, Max Peak Temperature, Pyr B Input FLOAT
SlowAvgPk_B Slow, Average Peak Temperature, Pyr B Input FLOAT
FastAvg_B Fast, Average Temperature, Pyr B Input FLOAT
GAP_KPH1 Air Gap, Keyphasor #1 Input FLOAT
GAP_KPH1 Air Gap, Keyphasor #1 Input FLOAT
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-153
InstallationThe two optical pyrometers are wired to the first terminal block on TPYR, and thetwo KeyPhasor probes are wired to the second terminal block. Power comes inthrough the JR1, JS1, and JT1 connectors. There are no jumpers as on the TVIBboard. The wiring connections are shown in Figure 9-89.
TPYR Terminal Board
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
P24 (A)N24 (A)
20ma (A2)
P24 (B)N24 (B)
PCOM1 (A)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
20ma (A1)
20ma (A3)20ma (A4)
PCOM2 (A)
N24 Pr (1)PrH (1)PrL (1)N24Pr (2)PrH (2)PrL (2)
Ret (A1)Ret (A2)Ret (A3)Ret (A4)
Ret (B1)Ret (B2)Ret (B3)Ret (B4)
PCOM1 (B)PCOM2 (B)
20ma (B1)20ma (B2)20ma (B3)20ma (B4)
JR1
JS1
JT1
Terminal Blocks can be unplugged fromterminal board for maintenance
Cable to <R>
Cable to <S>
Cable to <T>
Pyr Awiring
Pyr Bwiring
Keyphasors1 & 2
Figure 9-89. Terminal Board TPYR and Wiring
9-154 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VSCA/DSCB - Serial Communications BoardThe Serial Communications Board (VSCA) provides I/O interfaces with externaldevices, using RS232C, RS422, and RS485 serial communications (see Figure 9-90).Currently the IS200VSCAH2A version is available. The associated Din-Railmounted Serial Communications Terminal Board (DSCB) is wired to the externaldevices, which include intelligent pressure sensors such as the smart HoneywellPressure Transducers (see Figure 9-91).
Connectivity between VSCA and the DSCB terminal board(s) is through the J6 andJ7 front panel connectors. These are parallel connected, each using the a 37-pin Dshell connector, with group shielded twisted pair wiring. Connectivity between theterminal board and the external device is through the Euro Block (Phoenix type),using screw terminations and twisted shielded pair, AWG#18, wiring.
The DSCB terminal board includes two screws for SCOM (ground) that must beconnected to a good shield ground. DSCB can interface external devices up todistances of 1000 ft. for RS422 and RS485, at baud rates up to 375 kbps. ForRS232C, the distance is only 50 ft, or 2500 pF of cable capacitance (including thecable from VSCA to the DSCB). It supports short haul modems for longer distances.
OperationThe VSCA is a single slot board, providing six serial communication ports. Eachport is independently configurable to an RS232C, RS485, or RS422 interface, usinga three position group jumper (berg array). Both RS232C and RS422 support fullduplex. The line drivers are located on the VSCA board, and include appropriatetermination resistors, with configurable jumpers, to accommodate multidrop linenetworks. Outputs for RS422 and RS485 have tri-state capability. Inputs/Outputs goto high impedance condition when powered down. They do not cause significantdisturbance when powered down/up (less than 10 ms) on a party line. The open wirecondition on a receiver is biased to a high state.• RS232C supports: RXD, TXD, DTR/RTS, GND, CTS (five wire)• RS422 supports: TX+, TX-, RX+, RX-, GND• RS485 supports: TX/RX+, TX/RX-, GND
The VSCA/DSCB is a Data Terminal Device (DTE).
VSCA JumpersJumpers JP1 thru JP6 are block jumpers, used to select the port electricalcharacteristic, RS232C, RS422, or RS485. Each jumper has three positions marked232, 422, and 485.
Jumpers JP7 thru JP12 are block jumpers, used to select the correct terminationconfiguration for all the transmission lines (Tx). Each jumper has three positionsmarked TRM, THR, and PRK where:• TRM means with terminating resistor.• THR means no terminating resistor, pass through to J7.• PRK means no terminating resistor, or Park position.
Jumpers JP13 thru JP18 are block jumpers, and are used to select the correcttermination configuration for all the Receive lines (Rx). Each jumper has threepositions marked TRM, THR, and PRK, where the meanings are the same as above.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-155
Table 9-38. VSCA Board Jumper Positions
Network PortNumber
232/422/485Communication
TxTRM/THR/PRK
RxTRM/THR/PRK
Port 1 JP1 JP7 JP13
Port 2 JP2 JP8 JP14
Port 3 JP3 JP9 JP15
Port 4 JP4 JP10 JP16
Port 5 JP5 JP11 JP17
Port 6 JP6 JP12 JP18
Features
Data Flow from VSCA to ControllerData Flow from VSCA to the controller UCV_ is of two types, fixed I/O andModbus I/O. Fixed I/O is associated with the smart pressure transducers and theKollmorgen electric drive data. This data is completely processsed every frame, thesame as conventional I/O. The required frame rate is 100 Hz. These signals aremapped into signal space, using the .tre file, and have individual health bits, usesystem limit checking, and have offset/gain scaling.
Modbus I/O is the I/O associated with the Modbus ports. Because of the quantity ofthese signals, they are not completely processed every frame; instead they arepacketized, and transferred to the UCV_ processor, over the IONet through a specialservice. This can accommodate up to 2400 bytes, at 4 Hz, or 9600 bytes at 1 Hz, orcombinations thereof. This I/O is known as second class I/O, where coherency is atthe signal level only, not at the device or board level. Health bits are assigned at thedevice level, the UCV_ expands (fully populate) for all signals, and system limitchecking is not performed. Two consecutive time outs are required before a signal isdeclared unhealthy. Diagnostic messages are used to annunciate all communicationproblems.
Ports 1 and 2 only (as an option) support the Honeywell pressure configuration. Itreads inputs from the Honeywell Smart Pressure Transducers, type LG-1237; thisservice is available on ports 1 and 2 only, as an option (Pressure Transducers orModBus). The Pressure Transducer Protocol utilizes interface boardDS200XDSAG#AC, and RS422. Each port can service up to six transducers. Theservice is 375 kbaud, asynchronous, 9 data bits, (11 bits including start and stop). Itincludes failsafe features as follows:• Communication miss counters, one per device, and associated diagnostics.• After four consecutive misses it forces the input pressure to 1.0 psia, and posts a
diagnostic. After four consecutive hits (good values) it removes the forcing andthe diagnostic.
Three ports (any three, but no more than three) support the Kollmorgen electricdrive. It communicates with a Kollmorgen Electric Fast Drive FD170/8R2-004 at19200 Baud rate, point to point, using RS422.
9-156 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Modbus service. The current Modbus design supports the Master mode, howeverthe design does not preclude the future enhancement of Modbus slave mode ofoperation. It is configurable, at the port level as follows:• Used , Not Used• Baud Rate RS232C: 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600
RS485/422: 19200, 38400, 57600, 115000• Parity: none, odd, even• Data Bits: seven, eight• Stop Bits: one, two• Station Addresses• Multidrop, up to 8 devices per port; maximum of 18 devices per board• RTU• Time Out (seconds) per device
The Modbus service is configurable at the signal level as follows:• Signal Type• Register Number• Read/Write• Transfer Rate, 0.5, 1, 2, or 4 Hz• Scaling, Offset, and Gain
The service supports Function Codes 1-7, 15, and 16; it also supports double 16-bitregisters for floating point numbers and 32-bit counters. It periodically (20 s)attempts to reestablish communications with a dead station.
Type casting and scaling of all I/O signals to/from engineering units are supportedon the VSCA and the toolbox, for both fixed I/O and Modbus I/O.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-157
Electric DriveFD170/8F2-004
Actuator/Valve
+125 VDC Power
-
J1
Ph A
Ph B
Ph C
Grd
Motor GrdMotorFrame
4
Shield(int)
J4
chassis
Resolver
Ref
Sin
Cos
6Ther
excexcsec2sec2sec1sec1
123456
LVDT
Mark VI Control J2
J4
89465
Rx
Tx
Grd
Enable3678
3132
P24VEnable
Crit FaultRelay
+-
+-
VSCA
DSCB
VCCC
TRLY
TBCI
VSVO
TSVO
Twisted shielded pairAWG#18 min, up to1000 ft, ground shields atMark VI end only
4 5 1 2 3 6 30 27 17 19 21 2823 18 20 22
21 3 5 7 8 E A B D C GFContact InputL5FMVn_CFZFault = Open
Drive Enable RelayL4FMVn_ENAXEnable = Close
Monitoring Signals
Figure 9-90. VSCA Interface to Electric Servo Drive
DSCB - DIN-rail Mounted Terminal BoardThe DSCB board is held in a plastic frame and mounts on a DIN-rail. Six intelligenttransducers are wired to DSCB using shielded twisted pair. There are six jumpers onthe board for the six channels. The wiring connections to the Euro Block typeterminal block are shown in Figure 9-91. There are four terminals for the SCOM(ground) connection, which should be as short as possible.
9-158 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Note Jumpers J1 � J6 direct SIGRET either directly to SCOM or through acapacitor to SCOM. The shield must be grounded at one end or the other, but notboth. If the shield is grounded at the device end, the jumpers should be set to includethe capacitor in the circuit. If the shield is not grounded at the device end, thejumpers should be set to go directly to SCOM.
Terminal Assignments,
RS422 TX+ TX- RX+ RX- NC SIGRET JPx SCOMRS485 NC NC Tx/RX+ Tx/RX- NC SIGRET JPx SCOMRS232 CTS DTR/RTS RX NC TX SIGRET JPx SCOM
1 2 3 4 5 6 JP1 79 10 11 12 13 JP2 14
16 17 18 19 20 JP3 2123 24 25 26 27 JP4 2830 31 32 33 34 JP5 3537 38 39 40 41 JP6 42
43,44,45,46
Six channels
Comments: The RS422/RS485 transmit and receive pairs musttwisted pair in the VSCA to DSCB
To/from VSCA, J6
DSCB DIN-rail mountedTerminal Board
37 wire cable,with twisted pair,group shielding
JA1Twisted ShieldedAWG#18, to externaldevices.Configurable toRS422, or RS485.Six channels,definitions below
SCOM
SIGRETSCOM
CapJ1
SCOM GRD
ss
ss
Chan 1Chan 2Chan 3Chan 4Chan 5Chan 6
815222936
Figure 9-91. DSCB Wiring, Cabling, and Jumper Positions
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-159
JA1DSCB
From VSCABoard Front,J6
43444546
Mark VI Control Fuel Skid
XDSAG1ACCP1
Press XdrLG-1237
Outer ValveGP1OA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Outer ValveGP2OA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Outer ValveGP1OB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Outer ValveGP2OB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 0
Adr= 1
Adr= 2
Adr= 3
Power
XDSAG1ACCP1
Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot ValveGP1PA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot ValveGP2PA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot ValveGP1PB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot ValveGP2PB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 4
Adr= 5
Adr= 6
Adr= 7
Power
XDSAG1ACCP1
Press XdrLG-1237
Inner ValveGP1IA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Inner ValveGP2IA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Inner ValveGP1IB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Inner ValveGP2IB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 8
Adr= 9
Adr=10
Adr=11
Power
Chan A
Chan B
Chan B
Chan A
Chan B
Chan A
Chan A, RS422+
+
+
GndSCOM
12
34
+
Chan B, RS42289
1011
Tx
Rx
Tx
Rx
Port #1
Port #2
Stab-on
nearest gnd
Stab-on
nearest gnd
Stab-on
nearest gnd
XDSA Jumper Settings:
Termination: Tx Only, JP1, JP2:Set to "IN" if end of line;Set to "OUT" if not end of line.
Address:Jumper Outer Pilot Inner
JP3 0 1 0 Chan AJP4 0 0 1 Chan A
JP5 0 1 0 Chan BJP6 0 0 1 Chan B
Figure 9-92. DSCB Connections to XDSA and Pressure Transducers
9-160 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
DPWA - DIN-rail Mounted Transducer Excitation PowerDistribution Terminal Board
DPWA is DIN-rail mounted and has an input voltage of 28 V dc ± 5%, providedthrough 2-pin locking connectors (see Figure 9-93). Connectivity between theterminal board and the external devices is through the Euro Block (Phoenix type)terminal block, using screw terminations and twisted shielded pair, AWG#18,wiring. DPWA provides three voltage output sources of 12 V dc ± 5%, with eachoutput rated at 0 to 0.4 A, and is compatible with interface boardDS200XDSAG#AC. Outputs are short circuit protected, and self recovering. Twoterminal boards per system are required when servicing redundant ports.
DPWA provides excitation power to the type LG-1237 Honeywell pressuretransducers (see Figure 9-94).
Note The DPWA terminal board includes two screw terminals for SCOM (ground)that must be connected to a good shield ground.
DPWA
Returns
1 k 1 kBuscenteringbridge
20 k
SCOM
SCOM100 k
20 k
100 k
20 k
SCOM
P12V1P12R1
P12V2P12R2
P12R3P12V3
PSRetSCOM
PS28VA
PS28VBSCOM
SCOM
12
3
4
5
6
910
1112
1314
P1
P3
P4
PeripherialP28V dc fromcontrol rack P12Vdc,
1.2 Amp
P12
P12
P12
s
s
100k
SCOM15
SCOM16
12
P28V dc toP12 V dcIsolation
s
P2
Figure 9-93. DPWA Board Block Diagram
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-161
P1
P2
P3
P4
DPWA
Power Supply,IS2020RKPS
28 VDC +/-5% 11
12
13
14
15
16
28 Vto
12 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
Return
100K20K
ReturnSCOM
100K20K
P28_J1SCOM
100KP28_J2SCOM 20K
12 Vdc +/-5%1.2 Amp
P1
P2
P3
P4
DPWA9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
28 Vto
12 V
1
2
3
4
5
6
Return
100K20K
ReturnSCOM
100K20K
P28_J1SCOM
100KP28_J2SCOM 20K
12 Vdc +/-5%1.2 Amp
Mark VI Control Fuel Skid
XDSAG1ACC P1Press XdrLG-1237
Outer ValveGP1OA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Outer ValveGP2OA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Outer ValveGP1OB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Outer ValveGP2OB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 0
Adr= 1
Adr= 2
Adr= 3
Power
XDSAG1ACC P1Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot ValveGP1PA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot ValveGP2PA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot ValveGP1PB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Pilot ValveGP2PB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 4
Adr= 5
Adr= 6
Adr= 7
Power
XDSAG1ACC P1Press XdrLG-1237
Inner ValveGP1IA
P2Press XdrLG-1237
Inner ValveGP2IA
P3Press XdrLG-1237
Inner ValveGP1IB
P4Press XdrLG-1237
Inner ValveGP2IB
12345678
910111213141516
PowerAdr= 8
Adr= 9
Adr= 10
Adr=11
Power
Chan A
Chan B
Chan B
Chan A
Chan B
Chan A
Power for Chan A
Power for Chan B
9
10
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
VAIC
VDCxRetx
RetxVDCx
RedundantPower Supplywhen required
RetxVDCx
Power SupplyMonitoring
Stab-on
nearest gnd
Stab-on
nearest gnd
Stab-on
nearest gnd
12
+
1
32
28V
ComPS28C
12
PS28C"Normal"
Return
ReturnP12
P12
P12
Grd1Grd2
Isol
Isol
Return
Return
P12
P12
P12
Grd1Grd2
Figure 9-94. DPWA Power Distribution to XDSA and Smart Pressure Transducers
9-162 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VPRO/TREG - Turbine Emergency Trip
OperationThe VPRO board in the Protection Module <P> provides the emergency tripfunction. Up to three trip solenoids can be connected between the TREG and TRPGterminal boards. TREG provides the positive side of the 125 V dc to the solenoidsand TRPG provides the negative side. VPRO provides emergency overspeedprotection and the emergency stop functions. It controls the 12 relays on TREG, nineof which form three groups of three to vote inputs controlling the three tripsolenoids. A second TREG board may be driven from VPRO through J4.
VPRO also connects to the TPRO terminal board and has an Ethernet connection forIONet communications with the control modules (refer to Figure 9-95). Details ofthe TREG board are shown in Figure 9-96.
TREG Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cable to VPRO-S8
Cable to VPRO-T8
x
STAT
VPRO
VPRO Module � R8
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can beunpluggedfrom board formaintenance
ShieldBar
x
x
JY1
JX1
Cable to VPRO-R8
J3
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JH1 J1
JZ1
x x
x x x
RUNFAIL
IONET
CSER
J5
J6
J4
PARAL
P5COMP28AP28BETHR
POWER
To TSVOTerminationBoards (SMX)
P125 Vdc
R
XYZ
8421
T
J2
To TRPG EthernetIONet
To TPRO
To TPRO
To Second TREG(optional)
NF
Figure 9-95. Trip Emergency Terminal Board, VPRO Board, and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-163
J2
To RelayK25A on
TTUR
Servo Clamp
Trip Interlockseven circuits2
3RDK4CL JX1
JY1JZ1
Mon
J1K4CL
To TSVOBoards on
SMX Systems
J223RD
JX1JY1JZ1
MonJH1 P125XN125X
ToJX1JY1JZ1
P28VV
K4CL
BCOM
JX1JY1JZ1
J2
J2
Terminal Board TREGH1AKX1
KX2
KX3
RD
RD
RD
<P>VPRO
Section XJ3
JX1
28Vdc
TripSolenoid
1 or 402
Trip Solenoid2 or 5
04
TripSolenoid
3 or 606
K4X KX1,2,3
KX1 KY1
KY1
KZ1 KX1
KZ1
KE101
J2 J2
0403
KY1
KY2
KY3
RD
RD
RD
<P>VPRO
Section YJ3
JY1
28VdcK4Y KY1,2,3
KX2 KY2
KY2
KZ2 KX2
KZ2
KE205
J2
0807
KZ1
KZ2
KZ3
RD
RD
RD
<P>VPRO
Section ZJ3
JZ1
28VdcK4Z KZ1,2,3
KX3 KY3
KY3
KZ3 KX3
KZ3
KE309
J2
12
11
- +
- +
- +
TerminalBoard TRPG
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon
Mon0610
02
P28X1
P28Y1
P28Z1
Sol Pwr Monitor
OptionalEconomizingResistor,100 ohm,70W
ID
ID
ID
J2 J2-+
MonJX1JY1JZ1
P125VN125V
3031
JX1JY1JZ1
P28VV
Three Economizing Relay Circuits
23RD
KE1,2,3
MonJX1JY1JZ1 KE1,2,3
NS
NS
35
36
P125XExc
TRP
TRP1H
TRP1L
14
15
16
17
18
E-Stop
CL
K4X
K4YK4Z
P28VVETRPH
ETRPL
N125X
Second E-STOPwhen applicable
JUMPR
JUMPR
PWR_P1PWR_P2
for test probe
PWR_N1for test
13
Figure 9-96. TREG Board, Trip Interlocks, and Trip Solenoids
9-164 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
FeaturesTREG is entirely controlled by VPRO, and the only connections to the controlmodules are the J2 power cable and the trip solenoids. In Simplex systems a thirdcable carries a trip signal from J1 to the TSVO terminal board, providing aServovalve clamp function upon turbine trip.
Control of Trip SolenoidsBoth TRPG and TREG control the trip solenoids so that either one can removepower and actuate the hydraulics to close the steam or fuel valves. The nine trip relaycoils on TREG are supplied with 28 V dc from VPRO boards in X, Y, and Z. Thetrip solenoids are supplied with 125 V dc via plug J2, and draw up to 1 Amp with a0.1 second L/R time constant. The solenoid circuit has a metal oxide varistor (MOV)for current suppression and a 10 ohm, 70 watt economizing resistor.
A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the turbine control for thesolenoids which energize in the run mode and de-energize in the trip mode.Diagnostics monitor each 125 V dc feeder from the Power Distribution Module at itspoint of entry on the terminal board to verify the fuse integrity and the cableconnection.
Two series contacts from each emergency trip relay (ETR1, 2, 3) are connected tothe positive 125 V dc feeder for each solenoid, and two series contacts from eachprimary trip relay (PTR1,2,3 in TRPG) are connected to the negative 125 V dcfeeder for each solenoid. An economizing relay (KE1, 2, 3) is supplied for eachsolenoid with a normally closed contact in parallel with the current limiting resistor.These relays are used to reduce the current load after the solenoids are energized.The ETR and KE relay coils are powered from a 28 V dc source from the VPROboards. Each VPRO board in each of the X, Y, and Z sections supplies anindependent 28 V dc source. A normally closed contact from each relay is used tosense the relay status for diagnostics.
The 28 V dc bus is current limited and used for power to an external manualemergency trip contact, shown as E-Stop. Three master trip relays (K4X, K4Y, K4Z)disconnect the 28 V dc bus from the ETR, and KE relay coils if a manual emergencytrip occurs. Any trip which originates in either the Protection Module (such as EOS)or the TREG (such as a manual trip) will cause each of the three Protection Modulesections to transmit a trip command over the IONet to the control module, and maybe used to identify the source of the trip.
In addition, the K4CL servo clamp relay will energize and send a contact feedbackdirectly from the TREG terminal board to the TSVO servo terminal board. TSVOdisconnects the servo current source from the terminal block and applies a bias todrive the control valve closed. This is only used on Simplex applications to protectagainst the servo amplifier failing high. Note that the primary and emergencyoverspeed systems will trip the hydraulic trip solenoids independent of this circuit.
Solenoid Trip TestsApplication software in the control module is used to initiate tests of the tripsolenoids. Online tests allow each of the trip solenoids to be manually tripped one ata time either through the PTR relays from the control module(s) or through the ETRrelays from the Protection Module. A contact from each solenoid circuit is wiredback as a contact input to give a positive indication that the solenoid has tripped.Primary and emergency off-line overspeed tests are provided too for verification ofactual trips due to software simulated trip overspeed conditions.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-165
Specification
Table 9-39. TREG Board Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Trip Solenoids (TREG) 3 Solenoids per TREG (total of 6 per VPRO)
Trip Solenoid Rating 125 V dc standard with 1 Amp draw24 V dc is alternate with 1 Amp draw
Trip Solenoid Circuits Circuits rated for NEMA class E creepage and clearance.Circuits can clear a 15 A fuse with all circuits fully loaded.
Solenoid Response Time Solenoid L/R time constant is 0.1 sec.
Suppression MOV across the solenoid
Relay outputs 3 Economizer relay outputs, 2 second delay to energize
Driver to breaker relay K25A on TTUR
Servo clamp relay on TSVO
Solenoid Control Relay Contacts Contacts are rated to interrupt inductive solenoid loads at125 V dc, 1 ABus voltage can vary from 70 to 145 V dc
Trip Inputs 7 trip interlocks to VPRO protection module, 125/24 V dc1 Emergency Stop hardwired trip interlock, 24 V dc
Configuration OverviewLike all I/O boards, TREG is configured using the toolbox. This software usuallyruns on a data-highway connected CIMPLICITY station or workstation. Table 9-40summarizes the configuration choices and defaults. For details refer to GEH-6403Control System Toolbox for Configuring the Mark VI Turbine Controller.
Table 9-40. Typical TREG Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
J3:IS200TREGH1A First TREG Board Connected, Not Connected
KESTOP1_Fdbk1 Emergency Stop - When TREG, ESTOP1, inverse sense,K4 relay, True = Run - Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
Contact1 Trip Interlock 1 (first of 7) - Card Point Point Edit (Input BIT)
ContactInput Trip Interlock 1 used Used, Unused
TripEnable Trip Interlock active Enable, Disable
TrpTimeDelay Time delay before Tripping Turbine after Contact Opens(sec)
0 to 10
SeqOfEvents Record Contact Transitions in Sequence of Events Enable, Disable
K1_Fdbk Trip Relay 1 feedback (first of 3) - Card Point Point Edit (Input BIT)
RelayOutput Relay feedback used Used, Unused
KE1_Fdbk Economizer Relay for Trip Solenoid Feedbk (first of 3)- Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
RelayOutput Economizer Relay Feedback Used Used, Unused
9-166 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
K4CL_Fdbk Drive Control Valve Servos Closed, use ONLY for SteamTurbine Simplex - Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
Relay Output Servo Valve Clamp used Used, Unused
K25A Synchronizing Check Relay on TTUR - Card Point Point Edit (Input BIT)
SynchCheck Synch Check Relay K25A Used Used, Unused
SystemFreq System Frequency in Hz 50 or 60
ReferFreq Select Generator Frequency Reference for PLL, standardPR input or from Signal Space
PR Std or Sg Space
TurbRPM Rated Load Turbine RPM 0 to 20,000
VoltageDiff Maximum Voltage Difference in kV rms for Synchronizing 0 to1,000
FreqDiff Maximum Frequency Difference in Hz for Synchronizing 0 to 0.5
PhaseDiff Maximum Phase Difference in Degrees for Synchronizing 0 to 30
GenVoltage Minimum Generator Voltage in kVolts RMS forSynchronizing
1 to 1,000
BusVoltage Minimum Bus Voltage in kVolts rms for Synchronizing 1 to 1,000
J4A:IS200TREGH1A Second TREG Board Connected, Not Connected
KESTOP2_Fdbk When TREG, ESTOP, inverse sense, K4 relay, True =Run - Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
K4_Fdbk Trip Relay 4 Feedback (first of three) - Card Point Point Edit (Input BIT)
KE4_Fdbk Economizing Relay for Trip Solenoid 4 (first of three) -Card Point
Point Edit (Input BIT)
Card Points (Signals) Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connnection) Direction Type
See Point Edit names above
DiagnosticsDescriptions of the TREG diagnostics are contained in the VPRO section. Thediagnostics cover the trip relay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage,economizer relay driver and contact feedbacks, K25A relay driver and coil, servoclamp relay driver and contact feedback, and the solenoid voltage source.
Connectors JX1, JY1, and JZ1 on the terminal board have their own ID device that isinterrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chip coded with theterminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and the plug location.
InstallationThe three trip solenoids, economizing resistors, and the emergency stop are wireddirectly to the first I/O terminal block. Up to seven trip interlocks can be wired to thesecond terminal block. The wiring connections are shown in Figure 9-97.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-167
Turbine Emergency TripTermination Board TREGH1A
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can be unpluggedfrom terminal board for maintenance
SOL 1 or 4
Contact TRP2 (L)
Contact TRP4 (L)
Contact TRP6 (L)Contact TRP7 (L)
Contact TRP2 (H)
Contact TRP4 (H)
Contact TRP6 (H)
Contact TRP1 (H)
Contact TRP3 (H)
Contact TRP5 (H)
Contact TRP7 (H)
24681012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
RES 1ASOL 2 or 5
SOL 3 or 6PWR_N3
PWR_N1RES 1BPWR_N2
Contact TRP1 (L)
Contact TRP3 (L)
Contact TRP5 (L)
J1J2JH1
RES 2ARES 2B
RES 3ARES 3B E-TRP (H)E-TRP (H)E-TRP (L)
PWR_P1 (for probe)PWR_P2 (for probe)
Power 125 V dc
To TRPG, 12 wiresTo TSVOboards onSMXsystems
JZ1
JY1
JX1
JUMPER
VPROZ
VPROY
VPROX
Figure 9-97. TREG Terminal Board
9-168 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VPRO/TPRO - Turbine ProtectionThe Turbine Protection Module (VPRO) and associated terminal board (TPRO)provide an independent emergency overspeed protection system. The protectionsystem consists of triple redundant VPRO boards in a module separate from theturbine control system, controlling the trip solenoids through TREG. Figure 9-98shows the cabling to VPRO from the TPRO terminal boards.
TPRO Terminal Board
37-pin "D" shelltype connectorswith latchingfasteners
Cables to VPRO-S8
Cables to VPRO-T8
x
STAT
VPRO
VPRO- R8
BarrierType TerminalBlocks can be unpluggedfrom board for maintenance
x
x
JY1
JX1
Cables to VPRO-R8
J3
JZ1
x x
x x x
RUNFAIL
IONET
CSER
J5
J6
J4
PARAL
P5COMP28AP28BETHR
POWER
R
XYZ
8421
T
EthernetIONet
To Second TREG(optional)
NF
ShieldBar
24681012141618202224
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
1357911131517192123
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
262830323436384042444648
xxxxxxxxxxxxx
252729313335373941434547
xxxxxxxxxxxx
x
JZ5
JY5
JX5
To TREG
Figure 9-98. Turbine Protection Terminal Board, VPRO Board, and Cabling
Figure 9-99 shows how the VTUR and VPRO processor boards share in the turbineprotection scheme. Either one can independently trip the turbine via the relays onTRPG or TREG. Figure 9-100 provides details of the TPRO terminal board.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-169
J3
J4
VTUR
VPRO
Trip Solenoids,three circuits
Cable
JR5
JR1
Special speed cable
JR1
J1
J2
JX5
JX1
JX1
JS5
JT5
JS1
JT1
JS1
JT1
JY1
JZ1
JY5
JZ5
JY1
JZ1
Special speed cable
125 VDC
Twoxfrs
Twoxfrs
12 Relays
9 Relays
335 V dc from <Q>
125 VDCJ2
J3 J4 J5
J1Trip signal toTSVO TB's
J5
J5
J4
J3
J7
TPRO
TREG
TRPG
TTUR
(3 x 3 PTR's)
3 RelaysGen Synch
OptionalDaughterBoard
To secondTRPG board
(optional)
(9 ETR's,3 Econ Relays)
P125 V dc from <PDM>NEMA class F
JH1
To secondTREG Board
(optional)
J6
J4
Figure 9-99. Turbine Control and Protection Boards
9-170 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VPRO R8Protection
VPRO S8Protection
VPRO T8Protection
J5 J5 J5
J3 J3 J3
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
OverspeedEm Stop
SyncCheck
Overtemp
J6 J6 J6
To TREG andTrip Solenoids
J4 J4 J4
NS
NS
NS
JX5 31
32
37
38
43
44
JY5
JZ5
3 Circuits
3 Circuits
3 Circuits
Termination Board TPRO
Gen. Volts120 V acfrom PT
1
2
3
4
Bus Volts120 Vacfrom PT
To TTUR
Three TC ccts to X
Three TC ccts to Y
Three TC ccts to Z
RetOpen
JPB1
250 ohms
JPA1VDC
20 maTo R8,S8, T8
One of the above ccts
JX1
JY1
JZ1
P28V,XCurrentLimiter
P28V,YP28V,Z
CurrentLimiter
P28VV
Two of the above ccts
To R8, S8, T8250ohms
20mA1
TCX1H
TCX1L
TCY1H
P28VV
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
NS
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
FilterClamp
ACCoupling
Thermocouple Inputs CJ
CJ
CJ
1
1
1
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
P24V2
20 mA2
P24V1
V dc
mAret
TCY1L
TCZ1H
TCZ1L
5
7
6
8
9
10
13
14
19
20
25
26
MX1H
MY1L
MY1H
MX1H
MZ1L
MZ1H
ID
#1EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
#2EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
#3EmergencyMagneticSpeedPickup
Noise Suppression
Noise Suppression
NS
NS
Figure 9-100. TMR Protection System
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-171
OperationThe main purpose of the <P> Protection Module is emergency overspeed (EOS)protection for the turbine. In addition, the module has backup synchronization checkprotection, three analog current inputs, and nine thermocouple inputs, primarilyintended for exhaust over-temperature protection on gas turbines.
The Protection Module is always triple redundant with three completely separate andindependent sections named X, Y, and Z. Any one of these sections can be powereddown and replaced while the turbine is running without jeopardizing the protectionsystem. Each section contains its own I/O interface, processor, power supply, andEthernet communications (IONet) to the control modules. The communicationsallow initiation of test commands from the control module to the Protection Moduleand the monitoring of EOS system diagnostics in the control module and on theoperator interface. Communications are resident on the VPRO board which is theheart of the system. The VPRO board has a VME interface to allow programmingand testing in a VME rack; however, the backplane is neutralized when plugged intothe Protection Module to eliminate any continuity between the three independentsections.
Features
Speed Control and Overspeed ProtectionSpeed control and overspeed protection is implemented with six passive, magneticspeed pickups. The first three are monitored by the control module(s) which use themedian signal for speed control and the primary overspeed protection. The secondthree are separately connected to the X, Y, and Z sections of the Protection Module.Provision is made for nine passive magnetic speed pickups or active pulse ratetransducers (TTL type) on the TPRO terminal board with three being monitored byeach of the X, Y, and Z sections. Separate overspeed trip settings are programmedinto the application software for the primary and emergency overspeed trip limits,and a second emergency overspeed trip limit must be programmed into the I/Oconfigurator to confirm the EOS trip point.
The speed is calculated by counting passing teeth on the wheel and measuring thetime involved. Another protection feature is the calculation of the rate of change ofspeed which is compared with 100%/sec and transmitted to the control module to tripthe unit if it is detected after the turbine reaches a predetermined steady-state speed.This steady-state speed limit is a tuning constant located in the controller�sapplication software. Another speed threshold which is monitored by the EOSsystem is 10% speed. This is transmitted to the control module to verify that there isno gross disagreement between the first set of three speed pickups being monitoredby the controller (for speed control and the primary overspeed protection) and thesecond set of three speed pickups being monitored by the EOS system.
Interface To Trip SolenoidsThe trip system combines the Primary Trip Interface from the control module(s) withthe EOS Trip Interface from the Protection Module. Three separate, triple redundanttrip solenoids (also called Electrical Trip Devices - ETDs) are used to interface withthe hydraulics. The ETDs are connected between the TRPG and TREG terminalboards. A separately fused 125 V dc feeder is provided from the turbine control foreach solenoid which energize in the run mode and de-energize in the trip mode.
9-172 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Backup Synch Check ProtectionBackup synch check protection is provided in the <P> Protection Module. Thegenerator and bus voltages are supplied from two, single phase, potentialtransformers (PTs) secondary output supplying a nominal 115 V rms. The maximumcable length between the PTs and the turbine control is 100 meters of 18 AWGtwisted, shielded wire. Each PT is magnetically isolated with a 1,500 V rms ratedbarrier and a circuit load less than 3 VA. The synch algorithms are based on phaselock loop techniques. Phase error between the generator and bus voltages is less than+/-1 degree at nominal voltage and 50/60 Hz. A frequency range of 45 to 66 Hz issupported with the measured frequency within 0.05% of the input frequency. Thealgorithm is illustrated under TTUR, generator synchronizing.
Each PT input is internally connected in parallel to the X, Y, and Z sections of theProtection Module. The triple redundant phase slip windows result in a voted logicaloutput on the TREG terminal board which drives the K25A relay. This relay�scontacts are connected in series with the synch permissive relay (K25P) and the autosynch relay (K25) to insure that no false command is issued to close the generatorbreaker. Similarly, contacts from the K25A contact are connected in series with thecontacts from remote, manual synchronizing equipment to insure no falsecommands.
Thermocouple and Analog InputsThermocouple and analog inputs are available in the Protection Module, primarilyfor gas turbine applications. Nine thermocouple inputs are monitored with threeconnected to each section of the Protection Module. These are generally used forbackup exhaust over-temperature protection. Also, one ± 5, 10 V dc, 4−20 mA(selectable) input, and two 4−20 mA inputs can be connected to the TPRO terminalboard which feeds the inputs in parallel to the three sections of the ProtectionModule.
Power SupplyEach VPRO board has its own on-board power supply. This generates 5 V dc and 28V dc using 125 V dc supplied from the cabinet PDM. The entire TMR VPROmodule therefore has three power supplies for high reliability.
SpecificationTable 9-41. VPRO Board Specifications
Item Specification
Number of Inputs TPRO: 9 Passive Speed Pickups1 Generator and 1 Bus Voltage9 Thermocouples1 4−20 mA current or voltage2 4−20 mA current
VPRO: 3 Passive Speed Pickups1 Generator and 1 Bus Voltage3 Thermocouples1 4−20 mA current or voltage2 4−20 mA current7 Trip interlocks2 Emergency Stop
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-173
Number of Outputs TREG: 3 Trip Solenoids per TREG3 Economizer relays1 Breaker relay command, K25A on TTUR1 Servo clamp relay contact, to TSVO boards
VPRO: 6 Trip Solenoids6 Economizer relays1 Breaker relay command, K25A on TTUR1 Servo clamp relay contact, to TSVO boards
Power Supply Voltage TPRO: 28 V dc from X, Y, and Z boards, votedVPRO: Input supply 125 V dc (70−145 V dc) Output 5 V dc and 28 V dc
Frame Rate Up to 100 Hz
MPU Characteristics Output resistance 200 ohms with inductance of 85 mH.Output generates 150 V p-p into 60 K ohms at the TPRO terminalblock, with insufficient energy for a spark.The maximum short circuit current is approximately 100 mA.The system applies up to 400 ohm normal mode load to the inputsignal to reduce the voltage at the terminals.
MPU Cable Sensors can be up to 300 m (984 ft) from the cabinet, assumingthat shielded pair cable is used, with typical 70 nF single ended or35 nF differential capacitance, and 15 ohms resistance.
MPU Pulse Rate Range 2 Hz to 14 kHz
MPU Pulse Rate Accuracy 0.05% of reading; resolution is 15 bits at 100 HzNoise of the acceleration measurement is less than ± 50 Hz/secfor a 10,000 Hz signal being read at 10 ms.
MPU Input Circuit Sensitivity Minimum signal is 27 mV pk at 2 HzMinimum signal is 450 mV pk at 14 kHz
Generator and Bus VoltageSensors
Two Single-Phase Potential Transformers, 115 V rms secondaryVoltage accuracy is 0.5% of rated Volts rmsFrequency Accuracy 0.05%Phase Difference Measurement better than 1 degree.Allowable voltage range for synchronizing is 75 to 130 V rms.Each input has a load of less than 3 VA.
Thermocouple Inputs Same specifications as for VTCC board
Analog Inputs Same specifications as for VAIC board
ConfigurationTable 9-42. Typical VPRO-TPRO Configuration
Parameter Description Choices
Configuration
Turbine_Type Define the type of turbine from selection of ten types Two gas turbineTwo LMTwo large steamOne medium steamOne small steamTwo Stag GT
LMTripZEnable On LM machine, when no PR on Z, enable vote for trip Enable, Disable
OT_Trip_Enbl Enable Overtemperature Trip Enable, Disable
9-174 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
OvrTemp_Trip Iso-thermal Overtemperature Trip Setting for ExhaustThermocouples in Degree F
−60 to 2,000
CPD_Corner Overtemperature Trip Compressor DischargePressure in psi at which CDP Bias Starts
0 to 450
CPD_Slope Overtemperature Trip Compressor Discharge PressureBias Slope in Degree F/psi
−10 to 0
TA_Trip_Enab1 Steam, Enable Trip Anticipation on ETR1 Enable, Disable
RatedRPM_TA Steam, Rated RPM, used for Trip Anticipation calc 0 to 20,000
Auto Reset Automatic Restoring of Thermocouples removed fromscan
Enable, Disable
DiagSolPwrA When using TREL/TRES, Sol Power, BusA, diagnosticenable
Enable, Disable
Min_MA_Input Minimum MA for Healthy 4−20 mA Input 0 to 21
Max_MA_Input Maximum MA for Healthy 4−20 mA Input 0 to 21
AccelCalType Select Acceleration calculation type Slow, Med, Fast
J5:IS200TPROH1A J5 cable section of TPRO board
PulseRate1 First of three speed inputs - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
PRType Selects Gearing (Resolution) Unused, PR<6,000 Hz,PR>6,000 Hz
PRScale Pulses per revolution (output RPM) 0 to 1,000
OS_Setpoint Overspeed Trip Setpoint in RPM 0 to 20,000
OS_Tst_Delta Offline Overspeed Test Setpoint Delta in RPM -2,000 to 2,000
Zero_Speed Zero Speed for this Shaft in RPM 0 to 20,000
Min_Speed Minimum Speed for this Shaft in RPM 0 to 20,000
Accel_Trip Enable Acceleration trip Enable, Disable
Acc-Setpoint Accelerate Trip Setpoint in RPM/second 0 to 20,000
TMR_DiffLimt Difference Limit for Voted Pulse Rate Inputs inEngineering Units
0 to 20,000
J6:IS200TPROH1A J6 Cable section of TPRO board
BusPT_KVolts Kilo-Volts RMS, Bus Potential Transformer - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
PT_Input PT input in kilovolts rms for PT_Output 0 to 1,000
PT_Output PT output in Volts rms for PT_Input-typically 115 60 to 150
TMR_DiffLimt Difference Limit for Voted PT Inputs in Per Cent 0 to 100
GenPT_KVolts Kilo-Volts RMS, Generator PT, configuration similar toBus PT - Card Point
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
TC11 Thermocouple 1, for X module (first of 3) - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
ThermCplType Select Thermocouple Type or mV Input Unused, mV, T, K, J, E
Low Pass Filter Enable 2 Hz Low Pass Filter Enable, disable
TC21 Thermocouple 1, for Y module (first of three)Config as above - Card Point
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
TC31 Thermocouple 1, for Z module (first of three)Config as above - Card Point
Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-175
Cold Junction Cold Junction for Thermocouples 1-3 Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
TMR_DiffLimt Difference Limit for Voted TMR Cold Junction Inputs inDeg F
−60 to 2,000
AnalogIn1 First of Three Analog Inputs - Card Point Point Edit (Input FLOAT)
Input Type Type of Analog Input Unused, 4−20 mA, ± 10 V
Low_Input Input MA at Low Value −10 to 20
Low_Value Input Value in Engineering Units at Low Value −3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38
High_Input Input MA at High Value −10 to 20
High_Value Input Value in Engineering Units at High MA −3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38
InputFilter Filter Bandwidth in Hz Unused, 12 Hz, 6 Hz, 3Hz, 1.5Hz, 0.75 Hz
Trip_Enable Enable Trip for this MA Input Enable, Disable
TripSetpoint Trip Setpoint in Engineering Units −3.402e+38 to 3.402e+38
TripTimeDelay Time Delay before Tripping Turbine after Signalexceeds Setpoint in seconds
0 to 10
TMR_DiffLimt Difference Limit for Voted TMR Inputs in Per Cent of(High_Value-Low_Value)
0 to 100
J3:IS200TREGH1A First TREG board (see TREG section for configuration) Connected, Not Connected
J4:IS200TREGH1A Second TREG board (optional) Connected, Not Connected
Card Points (Signals) Description - Point Edit (Enter Signal Connection) Direction Type
L3DIAG-VPRO1 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG-VPRO2 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
L3DIAG-VPRO3 Card Diagnostic Input BIT
PR1_Zero L14HP_ZE Input BIT
PR2_Zero L14IP_ZE Input BIT
PR3_Zero L14LP_ZE Input BIT
Spare Spare Input BIT
OS1_Trip L12HP_TP Input BIT
OS2_Trip L12IP_TP Input BIT
OS3_Trip L12LP_TP Input BIT
Dec1_Trip L12HP_DEC Input BIT
Dec2_Trip L12IP_DEC Input BIT
Dec3_Trip L12LP_DEC Input BIT
Acc1_Trip L12HP_ACC Input BIT
Acc2_Trip L12IP_ACC Input BIT
Acc3_Trip L12LP_ACC Input BIT
TA_Trip Trip Anticipate Trip L12TA_TP Input BIT
TA_StpLoss L30TA Input BIT
OT_Trip L26TRP Input BIT
MA1_Trip L3MA_TRP1 Input BIT
9-176 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
MA2_Trip L3MA_TRP2 Input BIT
MA3_Trip L3MA_TRP3 Input BIT
SOL1_Vfdbk When TREG, Trip Solenoid 1 Voltage Input BIT
: : Input BIT
SOL6_Vfdbk When TREG, Trip Solenoid 6 Voltage Input BIT
L25A_Cmd L25A Breaker Close Pulse Input BIT
Cont1_TrEnab Config_Contact 1 Trip Enabled Input BIT
: : Input BIT
Cont7_TrEnab Config_Contact 7 Trip Enabled Input BIT
Acc1_TrEnab Config - Accel 1 Trip Enabled Input BIT
: : Input BIT
Acc3_TrEnab Config - Accel 3 Trip Enabled Input BIT
OT-TrEnab Config - Overtemp Trip Enabled Input BIT
GT_1Shaft Config - Gas Turb, 1 Shaft Enabled Input BIT
GT_2Shaft Config - Gas Turb, 2 Shaft Enabled Input BIT
LM_2Shaft Config - LM Turb, 2 Shaft Enabled Input BIT
LM_3Shaft Config - LM Turb, 3 Shaft Enabled Input BIT
LargeSteam Config - Large Steam 1, Enabled Input BIT
MediumSteam Config - Medium Steam, Enabled Input BIT
SmallSteam Config - Small Steam, Enabled Input BIT
STag_GT_1S Config - Stag 1 Shaft, Enabled Input BIT
STag_GT_2S Config - Stag 2 Shaft, Enabled Input BIT
ETR1_Enab Config - ETR1 Relay Enabled Input BIT
: : Input BIT
ETR6_Enab Config - ETR6 Relay Enabled Input BIT
K4CL_Enab Config - Servo Clamp Relay Enabled Input BIT
K25A_Enab Config - Sync Check Relay Enabled Input BIT
L5CFG1_Trip HP Config Trip Input BIT
L5CFG2_Trip IP Config Trip Input BIT
L5CFG3_Trip LP Config Trip Input BIT
OS1_SP_CfgEr HP Overspeed Setpoint Config Mismatch Error Input BIT
OS2_SP_CfgEr IP Overspeed Setpoint Config Mismatch Error Input BIT
OS3_SP_CfgEr LP Overspeed Setpoint Config Mismatch Error Input BIT
ComposTrip1 Composite Trip 1 Input BIT
ComposTrip2 Composite Trip 2 Input BIT
ComposTrip3 Composite Trip 3 Input BIT
L5ESTOP1 ESTOP1 Trip, TREG, J3 Input BIT
L5ESTOP2 ESTOP2 Trip, TREG, J4 Input BIT
L5Cont1_Trip Contact1 Trip Input BIT
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-177
: : Input BIT
L5Cont7_Trip Contact7 Trip Input BIT
LPShaftLock LP Shaft Locked Input BIT
Bus Freq SFL 2 Hz Input FLOAT
GenFreq SF 2 Hz Input FLOAT
Gen VoltsDiff DV_ERR KiloVolts rms-Gen Low is Negative Input FLOAT
GenFreqDiff SFDIFF2 Slip Hz � Gen Slow is Negative Input FLOAT
GenPhaseDiff SSDIFF2 Phase degrees � Gen Lag is Negative Input FLOAT
PR1_Accel HP Accel in RPM/SEC Input FLOAT
PR2_Accel IP Accel in RPM/SEC Input FLOAT
PR3_Accel LP Accel in RPM/SEC Input FLOAT
PR1_Max HP Max Speed since Last Zero Speed in RPM Input FLOAT
PR2_Max IP Max Speed since Last Zero Speed in RPM Input FLOAT
PR3_Max LP Max Speed since Last Zero Speed in RPM Input FLOAT
SynCk_Perm L25A_PERM - Sync Check Permissive Output BIT
SynCk_ByPass L25A_BYPASS - Sync Check Bypass Output BIT
Cross_Trip L4Z_XTRP - Control Cross Trip Output BIT
OnLineOS1Tst L97HP_TST1 - On Line HP Overspeed Test Output BIT
OnLineOS1X L43EOST_ONL - On Line HP Overspeed Test, withauto reset
Output BIT
OnLineOS2Tst L97IP_TST1 - On Line IP Overspeed Test Output BIT
OnLineOS3Tst L97LP_TST1 - On Line LP Overspeed Test Output BIT
OffLineOS1Tst L97HP_TST2 - Off Line HP Overspeed Test Output BIT
OffLineOS2Tst L97IP_TST2 - Off Line IP Overspeed Test Output BIT
OffLineOS3Tst L97LP_TST2 - Off Line LP Overspeed Test Output BIT
TrpAntcptTst L97A_TST - Trip Anticipate Test Output BIT
LokdRotorByp L97LR_BYP - Locked Rotor Bypass Output BIT
HPZeroSpdByp L97ZSC_BYP - HP ZeroSpeed Check Bypass Output BIT
TestETR1 L97ETR1 - ETR1 Test, True denergizes relay Output BIT
: : Output BIT
TestETR4 L97ETR4 - ETR4 Test, True denergizes relay Output BIT
PTR1 L20PTR1 - PrimaryTrip Relay CMD for Diagnostic only Output BIT
: : Output BIT
PTR6 L20PTR6 - Primary Trip Relay CMD for Diagnostic only Output BIT
PR_Max_Rst Max Speed Reset Output BIT
CJBackup Estimated TC Cold Junction Temperature in Deg F Output FLOAT
OS1_Setpoint HP Overspeed Setpoint in RPM Output FLOAT
OS2_Setpoint IP Overspeed Setpoint in RPM Output FLOAT
OS3_Setpoint LP Overspeed Setpoint in RPM Output FLOAT
9-178 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
OS1_TATrpSp PR1 Overspeed Trip setpoint in RPM for Trip AnticipateFn
Output FLOAT
CPD Compressor Discharge Pressure for OvertemperatureTrip CPD Bias
Output FLOAT
DriveFreq Drive (Gen) Freq (Hz), used for non standard driveconfig.
Output FLOAT
DiagnosticsBoard diagnostics cover the thermocouple limits, reference voltage, cold junction,analog input health, and contact input test failure. Relay diagnostics cover the triprelay driver and contact feedbacks, solenoid voltage, economizer relay driver andcontact feedbacks, K25A relay driver and coil, and the servo clamp relay driver andcontact feedback. Voltage diagnostics cover the solenoid power bus, and the voltageto the solenoids.
Connectors JX1, JY1, JZ1, JX5, JY5, and JZ5 on the terminal board have their ownID device which is interrogated by the I/O board. The ID device is a read-only chipcoded with the terminal board serial number, board type, revision number, and theplug location.
InstallationThe generator and bus potential transformers, and the analog inputs are wired to thefirst TPRO terminal block. The magnetic speed pickups are wired to the secondblock. Jumpers JP1A and JP1B are set to give either a 4−20 mA or voltage input onthe first of the three analog inputs. The wiring connections are shown in Figure 9-101.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-179
Turbine ProtectionTermination Board TPRO
Up to two #12 AWG wires perpoint with 300 volt insulation
Terminal Blocks can beunplugged from terminal boardfor maintenance
Gen (H)
mAret
Gen (L)Bus (L) Bus (H)
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
VDC
MX1 (H)MX2 (H)MX3 (H)
MY1 (H)MY2 (H)MY3 (H)MZ1 (H)MZ2 (H)MZ3 (H)
MX1 (L)MX2 (L)
MY2 (L)
MX3 (L)MY1 (L)
MY3 (L)MZ1 (L)
MZ3 (L)MZ2 (L)
P24V120mA1
P24V220mA2P24V320mA3TC1X (H)TC2X (H)TC3X (H)TC1Y (H)TC2Y (H)TC3Y (H)
TC1X (L)
TC1Z (H)TC2Z (H)TC3Z (H)
TC2X (L)TC3X (L)TC1Y (L)TC2Y (L)
TC1Z (L)TC2Z (L)TC3Z (L)
TC3Y (L)
JP1A
JP1B
ma VOLTS
OPEN RETURN
MagneticSpeedPickups
ThermocoupleInputs
AnalogInputs
GenVolts
JZ1
JY1
JX1
To VPRO-ZJ6
To VPRO-YJ6
To VPRO-XJ6
JZ5
JY5
JX5
To J5
To J5
To J5
Figure 9-101. Terminal Board TPRO
9-180 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
VME Rack Power SupplyThe VME rack power supply mounts on the side of the VME control and interfacemodules, as shown in Figures 9-102 and 9-106. It supplies + 5, ± 12, ± 15, and ± 28V dc to the VME backplane. It runs off 125 V dc cabled in from the PowerDistribution Module (PDM). A special 335 V dc output is provided for poweringflame detectors connected to TRPG. A low voltage version (LVPS) for 24 V dcoperation is also available. Note that a different power supply is used on thestandalone control rack, which only powers the Mark VI controller, VDSK, andVCMI.
POWERSUPPLY
Cable Harnessto VME Rack
125 VdcfromPDM
335 V dc
28 V dc(special)
Front View
Side View
BottomView
Heat Sink Cooling Fins
PSA PSB
Pull to Toggle
AvailableFaultNormal
OffOn
PS125PS335PS28CPS28BPS28A
Figure 9-102. VME Rack Power Supply, Front, Side, and Bottom Views
OperationThe power supply contains no user serviceable parts and the cover must not beremoved. The power supply contains three circuit boards, an input board withcontrol, monitoring and auxiliary functions, a module board with power supplymodules, and an output board with four more power modules and output filtering.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-181
Twelve power modules, shown in Figure 9-103, are mounted to the inside surface ofthe heat sink under these boards:• Five +28 V dc supplies• Two combined +5 V dc supplies• One �28 V dc supply• One +12 V dc supply• One �12 V dc supply• One +15 V dc supply• One �15 V dc supply
The input board holds the control and monitoring circuits, plus a 335 V dc powersupply circuit along with an auxiliary 24 V dc power supply for the control logic.Schematics of the power supply are shown in Figures 9-104 and 9-105.
M-100+5V
M-101+5V
M-102+28V
M-103+28V
M-300-28V
M-301+28V
M-302+28V
M-303+28V
M-304+12V
M-305-12V
M-306+15V
M-307-15V
Output Board
Module Board
Input Board
Control &Monitoring
Circuits
Auxiliary24 V
Supply
335 VoltSupply
125 V dcPower Input
Connectors for Cable Harness
Power Supply Modules Mounted under theCircuit Boards on the Heat Sink
Heat Sink with Fins on Back of Assembly
Latching Power On-Off Switch
10 A Fuse
Output Filtering
Figure 9-103. Inside View of VME Power Supply Showing Power Modules
9-182 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
PS125P125N125 1
2
34 NC
suppressionfuse
On/Offswitch
IS2020RKPSG1AC 400 W Power Supply
P28V50/100 W + Ret
24 22PSA
P28V50/100 W+ Ret
P28V50/100 W+ Ret
P28V50/100 W+ Ret
P28V50/100 W+ Ret
P335V1.68 W+ Ret
3
12
P335VDCPS335
16 14 12 10 8 620 18
Continued on next page
enable
startup relay
Green-- NormalRed----- FaultYellow-- Avail
I/O 21- Slot VMERack
*PS28C"Normal"
*PS28C"Isolation"
*PS28C"Normal"
*PS28C"Isolation"
FanPower
P12VdcN12Vdc
12
12341234
PS28C Configuration: The Power Supply PS28C may beisolated from the I/O Rack for external use. One plug, twopositions "Normal", "Isolation", for selection; Plug is located onleft side of Rack (from the front).P28A and P28B are for internal cabinet use only, not to gooutside of the cabinet.
Slots 1 thru 5 Slots 6 thru 9 Slots 10 thru 13 Slots 14 thru 17 Slots 18 thru 21
P28E
PCOMPCOM
P28A P28B P28C P28D
Power Input125 VDC
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
s
PL1
PL2
PL3
scom
Thesymbol,
represents a pisuppressionfilter:
s
132
PS28A
132
PS28B
132
PS28C
To SafetyGround
TestPoints
SCOM
Figure 9-104. VME I/O Rack Power Supply and Cables
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-183
P125 (power)
IS2020RKPSG1AC 400 W Power Supply
N28V25/100 W- Ret
PSA
N15V50/100 W- Ret
P15V50/100 W+ Ret
N12V25 W
- Ret
P12V50 W
+ Ret
8 6 12 10 16 1420 18
Continued from previous page
21 Slot VME Rack
Above Distribution for All Slots
P12V
PCOM
N28V
N15V N12V
enable
P5V150 W
+ Ret
PSB
28 26 32 30
ACOM
P5V
DCOM
ACOM
PCOM
*SCOM
Note: SCOM must be connected to groundvia the Rack mounting hardware, metal tometal conductivity, to the mounting base andhence to ground.
s
s
s
s
s
s
s s
s
s
SCOM
s
sP15V
sThesymbol,
represents a pisuppression filter:
scom
20,24,28,32
18,22,26,30
Figure 9-105. VME I/O Rack Power Supply and Cables (continued)
9-184 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
SpecificationTable 9-43. Power Supply Specification
Item Description
Input Voltage 70 to 145 V dc floating supply
Up to 10 V pp ripple
Under voltage shutdown on input voltage, latching, cycle shutdown switch to recover
Isolation True isolation from Input to Output, 1500 Volts
Output Voltages Output Voltage Voltage Regulation Capacity Over Voltage ShutdownP5 +5 V dc Less than ± 3% 150 Watts 20% ± 5%P15 +15 V dc Less than ± 3% 100 Watts 20% ± 5%N15 −15 V dc Less than ± 3% 100 Watts 20% ± 5%P12 +12 V dc Less than ± 3% 25 Watts 20% ± 5%N12 −12 V dc Less than ± 3% 10 Watts 20% ± 5%P28 +28 V dc Less than ± 5% 100 Watts 20% ± 5%N28 −28 V dc Less than ± 5% 50 Watts 20% ± 5%P335 +335 V dc Less than ± 5% 1.68 Watts 10% to 20%
Total Output Maximum of 400 Watts
Short Circuit Short circuit protection on all power supplies, with self recovery
Temperature Ambient Air Convection Cooling 0 to 60 degree C
Indicating Lights Green: Normal Status is OKRed: Fault Power is applied but supply is shutdown due to:
Trouble with the supply, latched offLow input voltage, latched off
Yellow: Available Power is applied, but switch is OFF
PowerSequencing
The 5 V dc supply comes up first, then all the others
DiagnosticsIncoming and outgoing voltages and currents are monitored for control andprotection purposes. The following protective actions can occur:• An input 110 V dc undervoltage condition sets the fault latch, shuts off all
power supplies, and lights the Red LED. Upon recovery, the fault can be resetwith the on/off switch.
• Any power supply output overvoltage fault turns off the bad power supply andlights the Red LED. Reset by turning off the power supply.
• Undervoltage on the +5 Volt supply (output less than 4.7 Volts) cuts off all thepower supplies until the 5 Volts comes back. The red LED is lit.
• The 335 V dc supply has an overvoltage circuit that lights the Red LED andshuts down the 335 Volts and other supplies. The output has current limiting.
Test points for all these voltages are located at the left-hand side of the VME rack.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-185
InstallationThe power supply is mounted to the right hand side of the VME rack on a sheetmetal bracket, as shown in Figure 9-106. The 125 V dc input, 28 V dc output, and335 V dc output connections are at the bottom. Two connectors, PSA and PSB, at thetop of the assembly mate with a cable harness carrying power to the VME rack.
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
xx
x
x
VME Chassis,21 slots for I/Oand Control, orfor just I/O
PowerSupply
J301
Cable fromPDM Monitor
Fan
5 slots - A 4 slots - B 4 slots - C 4 slots - D 4 slots - E
+/- 12 Voltsto Fan, usedwith Controller
Plug PositionP28 Normal
Plug PositionP28 Isolated
Power cables toVME Chassis
P28C Power to ExternalPeripheral Device (MovePlug from Normal toIsolated Position)
335 V dc
125VdcInputfromPDM
PSAPSB
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power SupplyTest Points
Rack EthernetID Plug
GND
Figure 9-106. Power Supply, VME Chassis, and Cabling to External Devices
Each of the five 28 V dc power modules supplies a section of the VME rack. Thesesections are labeled A, B, C, D, E, and F. The P28C output at the bottom of thepower supply can be used to power an external peripheral device. To do this thejumper plug shown on the bracket to the left of the rack must be moved from theNormal position to the Isolated position below. This allows Module D to supply racksections D and E, and Module E to supply the external load via P28C. Note thatnormally only P28C is used.
The fan is only used when the controller is mounted in the rack. It is powered by ±12V from the top connector on the same bracket (located on the left side of the rack).
9-186 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
TTPW - Power Conditioning BoardLarge steam turbines use 24 V dc electrical trip solenoid valves (ETSV). Power forthese valves is provided to the TRPL and TREL trip boards by a power transitionboard TTPW. Wiring from the rack power supplies, through TTPW, to the trip boardis shown in Figure 9-107.
VME RackPowerSupply
<R>
TBAI
TTPW
TRPL
TREL
ETSV
PS28C
VME RackPowerSupply
<S>
PS28C
Single ETSV Applications:
Double ETSV Applications:
VME RackPowerSupply
<R>
TBAI
TTPW
TREL
ETSV1
PS28C
VME RackPowerSupply
<S>
PS28C
PowerSupply
Monitoring
TBAI
TTPW
Monitoring
Monitoring
ETSV2
PwrA
PwrB
PwrA
discretewiring
P1
P2
P3
JA1
P1 JA1
P2 JA1
JP1
JP1
JP2
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
PL2
PL3PS28C
"Isolation"
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
PL2
PL3PS28C
"Isolation"
VME RackPowerSupply
<T>
PS28C
PL2
PL3PS28C
"Isolation"
VME Rack
<T>
PS28C
PL2
PL3PS28C"Isolation"
TRPL
Figure 9-107. Steam Turbine, 24 V dc Interface to Trip Valves
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-187
OperationThe turbine ETSV is a 24 V dc device with a 24 watt, 20−22 ohm coil. Power iswired from the three I/O rack supplies to TTPW, where the three 28 V supplies arediode ORed to produce a single 28 V dc output. The primary output is 0−2 A (total),22−30 V dc, and there are four secondary outputs of 0.25 A each as shown in Figure9-108.
34
78
1112
22 - 30 VDC, 2.0 Amp total
TTPWG1B P1 P2 P3 2 1 2 1 2 1
100k
10k
SCOM
1516
1920
Power Supply Monitoring
(screw compatible to TBAI)
PCOM
P28R
P28S
P28T
P28V
2526
2728
3132
3334
3536
3738
1 k 1k
SCOM
SCOM
Peripheral Power Outputs
Bus VoltageCentering Bridge
P28V
PCOM
PCOM
P28RP28S
P28T
0.25 AmpOutputs(each)
JA1
12
PCOM
100k
10k
100k
10k
100k
10k
100k
10k
SCOM
PCOM
SCOM
SCOM
SCOM
P28V
2.0 Amp(total)
P28V1
P28V2
P28V3
P28V4
P28V5
P28V6
SigGnd
GndSig
GndSig
GndSig
GndSig
To TRPL
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
(+)(-)
Figure 9-108. TTPW Board Showing Outputs and Monitoring
9-188 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
InstallationThree 28 V dc supplies are wired from I/O racks R, S, and T to plugs P1, P2, and P3.The primary 28 V dc output comes from plug JA1 and is wired to the trip boardTRPL. The power monitoring signals are wired to the top terminal block (TB1) andgo to an analog input board. The secondary voltage outputs are wired to the lowerterminal block (TB2) as shown in Figure 9-109.
2468
1012141618202224
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
13579
11131517192123
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
PCOM (Gnd) PCOM (Sig)
262830323436384042444648
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
252729313335373941434547
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Power Conditioning Board TTPWG1B
JA1(P28V)
P28V1 (Pos)
P28R (Sig)
P28S (Sig)
P28T (Sig)
P28V (Sig)
P28R (Gnd)
P28S (Gnd)
P28T (Gnd)
P28V (Gnd)
P28V2 (Pos)
P28V3 (Pos)P28V4 (Pos)P28V5 (Pos)P28V6 (Pos)
P28V1 (Neg)P28V2 (Neg)
P28V4 (Neg)P28V5 (Neg)
P28V3 (Neg)
P28V6 (Neg)
P1(R)
P3(T)
P2(S)
12
12
12
12
28 V Power toTRPL Trip Board
28 V Power fromRacks R, S, T
MonitoringSignals toTBAI Board
PowerOutputs
P28R
P28S
P28T
PCOM
PCOM
PCOM
P28VPCOM
Figure 9-109. TTPW Board with Wiring and Cabling
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-189
PDM - Power Distribution ModuleThe Power Distribution Module (PDM) provides 125 V dc and 115 V ac (or 230 Vac) to the Mark VI system for all racks and terminal boards. The PDM arrangementis shown in Figure 9-110. There is a second version of the PDM for the controlcabinet in those systems using remote I/O cabinets.
Output PowerConnectors
TB2 TB1
TB3
Power Cables toInterface Modules125 V dc, 115/230 V ac
Customer's PowerCables, 125 Vdcand 115/230 Vac
Power Distribution Module(for Interface Modules)
InputTerminals
AC/DCConverter
Cable toPDM JZ2or JZ3
Cable toTransformerinside AC/DCConverter
JTX1115 V
JTX2230 V JZ
Diagnostics toVCMI via J301in <R> Rack
DIN railTerminationBoard
Filtered DCand AC powerto PDM
PowerFilters
TB1
TB2
One or two converters
Figure 9-110. Power Distribution Module, Ac to Dc Converter, and Diagnostic Cabling
9-190 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
OperationThe customer's 125 V dc and 115/230 V ac power is brought through power filtersinto the PDM. The ac power is cabled out to one or two ac/dc converters whichproduce 125 V dc. This dc voltage is then cabled back into the PDM and diodecoupled to the main dc power, forming a redundant power source, as shown inFigure 9-110. This power is distributed to the VME racks and terminal boards.
Either 115 V ac or 230 V ac can be handled by the ac/dc converters. The transformercable must be plugged into either JTX1 for 115 V ac, or JTX2 for 230 V acoperation.
Diagnostic information is collected in the PDM and wired out to a DIN rail mountedterminal board. A cable then runs to the VCMI in rack <R> via J301.
PDM for Interface CabinetAc feeders, J17-20, are fused and cabled out to the relay terminal boards. 125 V dcfeeders are fused and cabled to the Interface (I/O) cabinets, protection modules,TRPG, TREG, and TRLY. To ensure a noise free supply to the boards, the PDM issupplied through a Control Power Filter (CPF) which suppresses EMI noise. TheCPF rack holds either two or three Corcom 30 A filter modules as shown in Figure9-111.
Power to the contact inputs first passes through resistors R3 and R4, through TB2,before being fused and cabled to the TBCI boards. Contact inputs operate with 125 Vdc excitation.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-191
1 2 7 83 4 5 6 9 10 11 12
DS200TCPD
DCHIDCLO
AC1HAC1N
AC2H AC2N
P125V
TB1
JZ5
ACSHIJZ2 DACA#1
JZ3 DACA#2
J1RJ2RJ1SJ2S J1T
J2TJ1CJ1D
JZ11
1096 J7X
J7YJ7ZJ7AJ7W
R122
ohm70W
R222
ohm70W
Door
12 11 10TB3
125 VDCTo TREG,
JH1,ContactInputs
J8AJ8BJ8CJ8D
J17
J18J19
J20
R322
ohm70 W
R422
ohm70 W
Door
432
TB2
P125 VR 47
1
N125 VR1112
J12AJ12BJ12C
TB31
23
45
678
9
Chassis
12
P125 VN125 V
+-
P125 VR
N125 VR
10k
10k
332k
332kN125 S(-1.82V)
P125S(+1.82V)
Diagnostic Info JPD
J16
32
J15
FU283.2
Amp
+ P125 V
For BusMonitoring
R5, 50 ohm,* 70 W
JZ4
DS2020PDMAG6
3
3
FU273.2 Amp
21
12
R6, 50 ohm,* 70 W
*Note: Field configurable
AC Feeders
DC feeders
125 VDC+ P125 - N125
AC1115/230 VAC
AC2115/230 VAC
Power Filter BoardACF2ACF1DCF1TB1 5 6 3 4 1 2
Chassis Chassis
TB2 5 6 43 1 2
BJS
FU29
FU31
FU30
FU32
FU1/FU2 SW1
SW5FU9/FU10
[[
[
FU13/FU14
FU19/FU20
FU34/FU35 SW6
FU38/FU39 SW8
FU21/FU22
FU25/FU26
Figure 9-111. Power Distribution Module for I/O Cabinet
9-192 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Diagnostic MonitoringAs shown in Figure 9-112, the 125 V dc is reduced by a resistance divider network tosignal level for monitoring. Other items monitored include the fuses in the feeders tothe relay output boards. In the interface cabinet this diagnostic data is monitored bythe VCMI; in the control cabinet it is cabled to the VDSK board and then to theVCMI.
DS2020PDMAGx
TB3
123456789
Chassis
P125 VR
N125 VR
10k
10k
332k
332k N125 S (-1.82V)
P125S (+1.82V)
Din Rail TransitionTermination Board
2829
27267856
Analog In 1P125_Grd
Analog In 4Spare02
Analog In 3Spare01
Analog In 2N125_Grd 37-wire cable
Connect to VCMIvia J301, in <Rx>I/O Rack
One to onecompatabilitybetweenscrew (TB)and 37-pinconnectornumbers.
37-pinconnector
+
++
+
JPD
AC1BAT
AC2
J19 Fuse31J20 Fuse32J17 Fuse29
Spare
10
9
35
34
DCOM
P5V
DIN1, Logic_In_1
33
32
31
30
16
DCOMP5V DIN2, Logic_In_2
DIN3, Logic_In_3
DIN4, Logic_In_4
DIN5, Logic_In_5
DIN6, Logic_In_6
DIN7, Logic_In_7
7 81234569
Figure 9-112. PDM Diagnostic Monitoring
Control Cabinet PDMPower requirements for the control cabinet are less than for the Interface cabinet.The PDM has the same layout but different fuse ratings, since only the control racksand relay output boards require power. For additional noise filtering for thecontrollers, Corcom power filters are included with the PDM. The controller PDM isshown in Figure 9-113.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-193
DS200TCPDDCHI DCLO
AC1H AC1NAC2H AC2N
P125VJZ5
ACSHI
JZ2
J17
J18
J19
J20
JZ4
AC Feeders toTRLY Boards
DC Feeders toController Racks<R0>,<S0>,<T0>
DACA#2
DACA#1
TB21
23
45
678
9
Chassis
P125 V
N125 V
10k
10k
332k
332k
N125 S(-1.82V)
P125S (+1.82V)
JPD7 81234569
AC1BAT
AC2
J19 Fuse31J20 Fuse32J17 Fuse29
Spare
10
9
35
34
DIN1, Logic_In_1
33
32
31
30
16
DCOMP5V DIN2, Logic_In_2
DIN3, Logic_In_3DIN4, Logic_In_4DIN5, Logic_In_5DIN6, Logic_In_6DIN7, Logic_In_7
28
29
27
26
7
8
5
6One to one compatabilitybetween screw(TB) and 37-pinconnectornumbers.
Cable to VCMIvia VDSK onfront of <R0>Control Rack.
Din Rail Transition Term. Board
120/250 V, 30 Amp
Out+ Out-
In+ In-Gnd In+ In- In+
120/250 V, 30 Amp
Out+ Out-
In-Gnd
120/250 V, 30 Amp
Out+ Out-
Gnd
Power Filters
MOV Suppression
37- pinconnector
ACF2ACF1DCF1
Diagnostic Information
1 2 3 4 5 6
125 VDC
- N125
AC1115/230
Vac
AC2115/230
Vac
ChassisTB1
IS2020CCPD
To SafetyGround
+P125 AC1H AC1N AC2NAC2H
Analog In 1P125_Grd
Analog In 2N125_GrdAnalog In 3Spare 01
Analog In 4Spare 02
P5VDCOM
BJS
+
+
+
+
FU29
FU30
FU31
FU32
JZ3
FU1/FU2 SW1 J1R
J1TJ1SFU3/FU4
FU5/FU6SW2
SW3
Figure 9-113. PDM for Controller Cabinet
9-194 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Interface Cabinet PDM InstallationThe cabling, wiring connections, and fuse locations for the PDM in the Interfacecabinet are shown in Figure 9-114.
125 V dc Supply
120 V ac Supply
Auxiliary 120V ac Supply
PDM Cable Destination
JPD Diagnostic Term. Bd.JZ2 AC/DC Convert #1JZ3 AC/DC Convert #2JZ1 Cable to Door Resis.
J1R <R> Power SupplyJ2R <R> Power SupplyJ1S <S> Power SupplyJ2S <S> Power SupplyJ1T <T> Power SupplyJ2T <T> Power Supply
J1C SpareJ1D Spare
J7X <X> Power SupplyJ7Y <Y> Power SupplyJ7Z <Z> Power Supply
J7A TRPG#1J7W TREG
J8A TRLYJ8B TRLYJ8C TRLYJ8D TRLY
J12A TBCIJ12B TBCIJ12C TBCI
J15 MiscellaneousJ16 Miscellaneous
J17 TRLYJ18 TRLYJ19 TRLYJ20 TRLY
Ground referenceJumper BJS
JZ1
Note : When connecting AC powerto the power distribution (TB1),
fthat JTX connector on both ACsource selectors (see AC/DCConverter) are plugged into JTX1f115 V ac, or JTX2 for 230 V ac.
Figure 9-114. Interface Cabinet PDM Circuit Board
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-195
Fuses in Interface and Control Cabinet PDMInterface Cabinet PDM Fuses. Values of the fuses for the PDM(DS2020PDMAG6) in the I/O (interface) cabinet are shown in Table 9-44.
Table 9-44. I/O Cabinet PDM Fuse Ratings
PDM Fuse* No. J ConnectorCurrentRating
VoltageRating Vendor Catalog No.
FU1−FU6 J1R, S, T 15 Amps 125 V Bussman GMA-15A
FU7−FU10 J1C, D 5 Amps 125 V Bussman GMA-5A
FU13−FU20 J8A, B, C, D 15 Amps 125 V Bussman GMA-15A
FU21−FU26** J12A, B, C 1.5 Amps 250 V Bussman GMC-1.5A
FU27−FU28*** J15, 16 3.2 Amps 250 V Bussman MDL-3.2A
FU29 J17 15 Amps 250 V Bussman ABC-15A
FU30 J18 5 Amps 250 V Bussman ABC-5A
FU31−FU32 J19, 20 15 Amps 250 V Bussman ABC-15A
FU34−FU39 J7X, Y, Z 5 Amps 125 V Bussman GMA-5A
*All fuses are ferrule type 5 mm x 20 mm, except for FU27-FU32 which are 0.25" x 1.25 ".**The short circuit rating for FU21-FU26 is 100 Amps***The short circuit rating for FU27-FU28 is 70 Amps
Control Cabinet PDM Fuses. The PDM in the controller cabinet (IS2020CCPD)does not supply power to any terminal boards except the TRLY boards. Values forthe fuses in the controller cabinet PDM are similar to those in the I/O cabinet PDM,except the rating for fuses FU1−FU6 is 5 Amps instead of 15 Amps.
Ground Reference JumperJumper BJS is supplied for isolation of ground reference on systems with an externalground reference. The ground reference bridge across the 125 V dc power has tworesistances, one on each side, and BJS connects the center to ground.
Note When more than one PDM is supplied from a common 125 V dc source,remove all the BJS connections except one.
9-196 •••• Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Low Voltage Power SupplyThe low voltage rack power supply mounts on the side of the VME rack and runs offa 24 V dc supply, refer to Figure 9-115. It supplies the VME rack with the samevoltages and currents as the 125 V dc version, but the 335 V output for poweringflame detectors is not available.
Cable Harnessto VME Rack
PS24PS28CPS28BPS28A
24 Vdc28 V dc(special)
Front View
Side View
BottomView
Heat Sink Cooling Fins
PSA PSB
OnOff
NormalFaultAvailable
Pull to Toggle
POWERSUPPLY
Figure 9-115. Low Voltage VME Rack Power Supply
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Chapter 9 I/O Board Descriptions •••• 9-197
SpecificationThe cooling air ambient temperature specification for the low voltage power supplyis 65 ºC. Other specifications are similar to the 125 V dc version. Refer to Table 9-45for details.
Table 9-45. Low Voltage Power Supply Specification
Item Description
Input Voltage 18 to 32 V dc floating supplyUp to 2 V pp rippleUnder voltage shutdown on input voltage, latching, cycle shutdown switch to recover
Isolation True isolation from input to output, 1500 V
Output Voltages Output Voltage Voltage Regulation Capacity Current Over Voltage ShutdownP5 +5 V dc Less than ± 3% 150 W 30 A 20% ± 5%P15 +15 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 W 3.33 A 20% ± 5%N15 −15 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 W 3.33 A 20% ± 5%P12 +12 V dc Less than ± 3% 50 W 4.17 A 20% ± 5%N12 −12 V dc Less than ± 3% 25 W 2.08 A 20% ± 5%P28 +28 V dc Less than ± 5% 50 W 1.78 A 20% ± 5%N28 −28 V dc Less than ± 5% 25 W 0.89 A 20% ± 5%
Total Output Maximum 325 W
Short Circuit Short circuit protection on all power supplies with self recovery
Temperature Ambient air convection cooling 0 to 65 ºC
Indicating Lights Green: Normal Status is OKRed: Fault Power is applied but supply is shutdown due to:
Trouble with the supply, latched offLow input voltage, latched off
Yellow: Available Power is applied, but switch is off
PowerSequencing
The 5 V dc supply reaches voltage first, then all the others
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Glossary of Terms •••• G-1
Glossary of Terms
ADLAsynchronous Device Language, an application layer protocol used for I/Ocommunication on IONet.
application codeSoftware that controls the machines or processes, specific to the application.
ARCNETAttached Resource Computer Network. A LAN communications protocol developedby Datapoint Corporation. The physical (coax and chip) and datalink (token ring andboard interface) layer of a 2.5 MHz communication network which serves as thebasis for DLAN+. See DLAN+.
ASCIIAmerican Standard Code for Information Interchange. An 8-bit code used for data.
attributesInformation, such as location, visibility, and type of data that sets something apartfrom others. In signals, an attribute can be a field within a record.
Balance of Plant (BOP)Plant equipment other than the turbine that needs to be controlled.
baudA unit of data transmission. Baud rate is the number of bits per second transmitted.
Bently NevadaA manufacturer of shaft vibration monitoring equipment.
bindA toolbox command in the Device menu used to obtain information from the SDB..
G-2 •••• Glossary of Terms Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
BIOSBasic input/output system. Performs the controller boot-up, which includes hardwareself-tests and the file system loader. The BIOS is stored in EEPROM and is notloaded from the toolbox.
bitBinary Digit. The smallest unit of memory used to store only one piece ofinformation with two states, such as One/Zero or On/Off. Data requiring more thantwo states, such as numerical values 000 to 999, requires multiple bits (see Word).
blockInstruction blocks contain basic control functions, which are connected togetherduring configuration to form the required machine or process control. Blocks canperform math computations, sequencing, or continuous control. The toolbox receivesa description of the blocks from the block libraries.
boardPrinted wiring board.
BooleanDigital statement that expresses a condition that is either True or False. In thetoolbox, it is a data type for logical signals.
busAn electrical path for transmitting and receiving data.
bumplessNo disruption to the control when downloading.
byteA group of binary digits (bits); a measure of data flow when bytes per second.
CIMPLICITYOperator interface software configurable for a wide variety of control applications.
CMOSComplementary metal-oxide semiconductor.
COM portSerial controller communication ports (two). COM1 is reserved for diagnosticinformation and the Serial Loader. COM2 is used for I/O communication
configureTo select specific options, either by setting the location of hardware jumpers orloading software parameters into memory.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Glossary of Terms •••• G-3
CRCCyclic Redundancy Check, used to detect errors in Ethernet and other transmissions.
CTCurrent Transformer, used to measure current in an ac power cable.
datagramsMessages sent from the controller to I/O blocks over the Genius network.
data serverA PC which gathers control data from input networks and makes the data availableto PCs on output networks.
DCS (Distributed Control System)Control system, usually applied to control of boilers and other process equipment.
dead bandA range of values in which the incoming signal can be altered without changing theoutput response.
deviceA configurable component of a process control system.
DIN-railEuropean standard mounting rail for electronic modules.
DLAN+GE Industrial System's LAN protocol, using an ARCNET controller chip withmodified ARCNET drivers. A communications link between exciters, drives, andcontrollers, featuring a maximum of 255 drops with transmissions at 2.5 MBPS.
DRAMDynamic Random Access Memory, used in microprocessor-based equipment.
EGDEthernet Global Data is a control network and protocol for the controller. Devicesshare data through EGD exchanges (pages).
EMIElectro-magnetic interference; this can affect an electronic control system
EthernetLAN with a 10/100 M baud collision avoidance/collision detection system used tolink one or more computers together. Basis for TCP/IP and I/O services layers thatconform to the IEEE 802.3 standard, developed by Xerox, Digital, and Intel.
G-4 •••• Glossary of Terms Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
EVAEarly valve actuation, to protect against loss of synchronization.
eventA property of Status_S signals that causes a task to execute when the value of thesignal changes.
EX2000 (Exciter)GE generator exciter control; regulates the generator field current to control thegenerator output voltage.
fanned inputAn input to the termination board which is connected to all three TMR I/O boards.
fault codeA message from the controller to the HMI indicating a controller warning or failure.
FinderA subsystem of the toolbox for searching and determining the usage of a particularitem in a configuration.
firmwareThe set of executable software that is stored in memory chips that hold their contentwithout electrical power, such as EEPROM.
flashA non-volatile programmable memory device.
forcingSetting a live signal to a particular value, regardless of the value blockware or I/O iswriting to that signal.
frame rateBasic scheduling period of the controller encompassing one completeinput-compute-output cycle for the controller. It is the system dependent scan rate.
functionThe highest level of the blockware hierarchy, and the entity that corresponds to asingle .tre file.
gatewayA device that connects two dissimilar LAN or connects a LAN to a wide-areanetwork (WAN), PC, or a mainframe. A gateway can perform protocol andbandwidth conversion.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Glossary of Terms •••• G-5
Genius busGE Fanuc�s distributed network of intelligent I/O blocks.
Genius global dataData that is automatically and repeatedly broadcast by a bus controller. All other buscontrollers on the same bus are capable of receiving the data, although some buscontrollers can choose not to. The controller can broadcast global data and receiveglobal data from certain devices, such as the Series 90-70 PLC and other controllers.
Graphic WindowA subsystem of the toolbox for viewing and setting the value of live signals.
healthA term that defines whether a signal is functioning as expected.
HeartbeatA signal emitted at regular intervals by software to demonstrate that it is still active.
hexadecimal (hex)Base 16 numbering system using the digits 0-9 and letters A-F to represent thedecimal numbers 0-15. Two hex digits represent 1 byte.
HMIHuman Machine Interface, usually a PC running CIMPLICITY software.
HRSGHeat Recovery Steam Generator using exhaust from a gas turbine.
ICSIntegrated Control System. ICS combines various power plant controls into a singlesystem.
IEEEInstitute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. A United States-based society thatdevelops standards.
initializeTo set values (addresses, counters, registers, and such) to a beginning value prior tothe rest of processing.
Innovation Series ControllerA process and logic controller used for several types of GE industrial controlsystems.
G-6 •••• Glossary of Terms Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
I/OInput/output interfaces that allow the flow of data into and out of a device.
I/O driversInterface the controller with input/output devices, such as sensors, solenoid valves,and drives, using a choice of communication networks.
I/O mappingMethod for moving I/O points from one network type to another without needing aninterposing application task.
IONetThe Mark VI I/O Ethernet communication network; controlled by the VCMIs.
insertAdding an item either below or next to another item in a configuration, as it isviewed in the hierarchy of the Outline View of the toolbox.
instanceUpdate an item with a new definition.
itemA line of the hierarchy of the Outline View of the toolbox, which can be inserted,configured, and edited (such as Function or System Data).
IP AddressThe address assigned to a device on an Ethernet communication network.
LCI Static StarterThis runs the generator as a motor to bring a gas turbine up to starting speed.
logicalA statement of a true sense, such as a Boolean.
macroA group of instruction blocks (and other macros) used to perform part of anapplication program. Macros can be saved and reused.
Mark VI Turbine controllerA version of the Innovation Series controller hosted in one or more VME racks thatperform turbine-specific speed control, logic, and sequencing.
medianThe middle value of three values; the median selector picks the value most likely tobe closest to correct.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Glossary of Terms •••• G-7
ModbusA serial communication protocol developed by Modicon for use between PLCs andother computers.
moduleA collection of tasks that have a defined scheduling period in the controller.
MTBFOMean Time Between Forced Outage, a measure of overall system reliability.
µµµµGENI controller boardIC660ELB912_. An optional board for the controller that provides an interface to anadditional Genius I/O bus.
NEMANational Electrical Manufacturers Association; a U.S. standards organization.
non-volatileThe memory specially designed to store information even when the power is off.
onlineOnline mode provides full CPU communications, allowing data to be both read andwritten. It is the state of the toolbox when it is communicating with the system forwhich it holds the configuration. Also, a download mode where the device is notstopped and then restarted.
pcodeA binary set of records created by the toolbox, which contain the controllerapplication configuration code for a device. Pcode is stored in RAM and Flashmemory.
Power Distribution Module (PDM)The PDM distributes 125 V dc and 115 V ac to the VME racks and I/O terminationboards.
periodThe time between execution scans for a Module or Task. Also a property of aModule that is the base period of all of the Tasks in the Module.
pinBlock, macro, or module parameter that creates a signal used to makeinterconnections.
G-8 •••• Glossary of Terms Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Plant Data Highway (PDH)Ethernet communication network between the HMI Servers and the HMI Viewersand workstations
PLCProgrammable Logic Controller. Designed for discrete (logic) control of machinery.It also computes math (analog) function and performs regulatory control.
PLUPower load unbalance, detects a load rejection condition which can cause overspeed.
product code (runtime)Software stored in the controller�s Flash memory that converts application code(pcode) to executable code.
ProximitorBently Nevada's proximity probes used for sensing shaft vibration.
PTPotential Transformer, used for measuring voltage in a power cable.
QNXA real time operating system used in the controller.
realtimeImmediate response, referring to process control and embedded control systems thatmust respond instantly to changing conditions.
rebootTo restart the controller or toolbox.
RFIRadio Frequency Interference; this is high frequency electromagnetic energy whichcan affect the system.
register pageA form of shared memory that is updated over a network. Register pages can becreated and instanced in the controller and posted to the SDB.
relay ladder diagram (RLD)A ladder diagram represents a relay circuit. Power is considered to flow from the leftrail through contacts to the coil connected at the right.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Glossary of Terms •••• G-9
resourcesAlso known as groups. Resources are systems (devices, machines, or work stationswhere work is performed) or areas where several tasks are carried out. Resourceconfiguration plays an important role in the CIMPLICITY system by routing alarmsto specific users and filtering the data users receive.
RTDResistance Temperature Device, used for measuring temperature.
runtimeSee product code.
runtime errorsController problems indicated on the front panel by coded flashing LEDS, and alsoin the Log View of the toolbox.
sampling rateThe rate at which process signal samples are obtained, measured in samples/second.
Serial LoaderConnects the controller to the toolbox PC using the RS-232C COM ports. The SerialLoader initializes the controller flash file system and sets its TCP/IP address to allowit to communicate with the toolbox over Ethernet.
ServerA PC which gathers data over Ethernet from plant devices, and makes the dataavailable to PC-based operator interfaces known as Viewers.
SIFTSoftware Implemented Fault Tolerance, a technique for voting the three incomingI/O data sets to find and inhibit errors. Note that Mark VI also uses output hardwarevoting.
signalThe basic unit for variable information in the controller.
SimplexOperation that requires only one set of control and I/O, and generally uses only onechannel. The entire Mark VI control system can operate in Simplex mode, orindividual VME boards in an otherwise TMR system can operate in Simplex mode.
simulationRunning a system without all of the configured I/O devices by modeling the behaviorof the machine and the devices in software.
stall detectionDetection of stall condition in a gas turbine compressor.
G-10 •••• Glossary of Terms Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
Status_SGE proprietary communications protocol that provides a way of commanding andpresenting the necessary control, configuration, and feedback data for a device. Theprotocol over DLAN+ is Status_S. It can send directed, group, or broadcastmessages.
SOESequence of Events, a high-speed record of contact closures taken during a plantupset to allow detailed analysis of the event.
Static StarterSee LCI.
Status_S pagesDevices share data through Status_S pages. They make the addresses of the points onthe pages known to other devices through the system database.
symbolsCreated by the toolbox and stored in the controller, the symbol table contains signalnames and descriptions for diagnostic messages.
taskA group of blocks and macros scheduled for execution by the user.
TBAIAnalog input termination board, interfaces with VAIC.
TBAOAnalog output termination board, interfaces with VAOC.
TBCCThermocouple input termination board, interfaces with VTCC.
TBCIContact input termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.
TCP/IPCommunications protocols developed to inter-network dissimilar systems. It is ade facto UNIX standard, but is supported on almost all systems. TCP controls datatransfer and IP provides the routing for functions, such as file transfer and e-mail.
TGENGenerator termination board, interfaces with VGEN.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Glossary of Terms •••• G-11
time sliceDivision of the total module scheduling period. There are eight slices per singleexecution period. These slices provide a means for scheduling modules and tasks tobegin execution at different times.
TMRTriple Modular Redundancy. An operation that uses three identical sets of controland I/O (channels R, S, and T) and votes the results.
token passing networkThe token is a message which gives a station permission to transmit on a network;this token is passed from station to station so all can transmit in turn.
toolboxA Windows-based software package used to configure the Mark VI controllers, alsoexciters and drives.
TPROTurbine protection termination board, interfaces with VPRO.
TPYRPyrometer termination board for blade temperature measurement, interfaces withVPYR.
TREGTurbine emergency trip termination board, interfaces with VPRO.
trendA time-based plot to show the history of values, similar to a recorder, available in theHistorian and the toolbox.
TRLYRelay output termination board, interfaces with VCCC or VCRC.
TRPGPrimary trip termination board, interfaces with VTUR.
TRTDRTD input termination board, interfaces with VRTD.
TSVOServo termination board, interfaces with VSVO.
G-12 •••• Glossary of Terms Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
TTURTurbine termination board, interfaces with VTUR.
TVIBVibration termination board, interfaces with VVIB.
UCVBA version of the Mark VI controller.
Unit Data Highway (UDH)Connects the Mark VI controllers, LCI, EX2000, PLCs, and other GE providedequipment to the HMI Servers.
validateMakes certain that toolbox items or devices do not contain errors, and verifies thatthe configuration is ready to be built into pcode.
VCMIThe Mark VI VME communication board which links the I/O with the controllers.
VME boardAll the Mark VI boards are hosted in Versa Module Eurocard (VME) racks.
VPROMark VI Turbine Protection Module, arranged in a self contained TMR subsystem.
Windows NTAdvanced 32-bit operating system from Microsoft for 386-based PCs and above.
wordA unit of information composed of characters, bits, or bytes, that is treated as anentity and can be stored in one location. Also, a measurement of memory length,usually 4, 8, or 16-bits long.
GEH-6421C, Vol. II Mark VI System Guide Index •••• I-1
Index
CCIMPLICITY HMI 9-1controller 9-155
Ddata highways 9-1Data Terminal Equipment 9-154diagnostic alarms 9-1DIN Board
DPWA 9-160DSCB 9-154, 9-157, 9-158DVIB 9-137, 9-138
DSVO 9-102DTE (see Data Terminal Equipment) 9-154
Eengineering work stations 9-190environmental 9-1Euro block 9-108, 9-109, 9-141Euro Block 9-137, 9-154, 9-157, 9-160
Ffiber-optic 9-1, 9-5, 9-7, 9-9, 9-16, 9-39, 9-61, 9-70, 9-
81, 9-98, 9-122, 9-150, 9-165
GGE Fanuc 90-70 PLC 9-1, 9-2, 9-10, 9-11, 9-12, 9-14,
9-15, 9-19, 9-22, 9-25, 9-37, 9-43, 9-49, 9-50, 9-58, 9-59, 9-60, 9-61, 9-68, 9-69, 9-70, 9-77, 9-78,9-79, 9-92, 9-93, 9-96, 9-97, 9-110, 9-111, 9-116,9-118, 9-122, 9-125, 9-131, 9-132, 9-141, 9-142,9-162, 9-164, 9-168, 9-171, 9-172, 9-180, 9-181,9-184, 9-189, 9-192
Geiger Mueller 9-25, 9-37, 9-59, 9-97, 9-142, 9-189, 9-192
generator synchronization 9-1, 9-2, 9-5, 9-7, 9-9, 9-10,9-11, 9-14, 9-15, 9-19, 9-22, 9-25, 9-27, 9-36, 9-41, 9-47, 9-58, 9-68, 9-69, 9-109, 9-111, 9-112, 9-116, 9-129, 9-131, 9-155, 9-171, 9-180, 9-185, 9-192, 9-195
Genius I/O 9-3ground reference 9-2GSM 9-139, 9-141, 9-143, 9-144, 9-145
HHealth 9-139, 9-155heat recovery steam generator 9-1Historian 9-1, 9-3humidity range 9-5, 9-7, 9-9
II/O Processor Boards
VSCA 9-154, 9-155, 9-156, 9-157VVIB 9-137
IEC 9-1IEEE 9-13, 9-16, 9-37IEEE 802.3 9-1, 9-20, 9-22, 9-125, 9-160IONet 9-155IONet port 9-24, 9-88, 9-90, 9-125, 9-126IPC 9-24, 9-45, 9-46
LLAN 9-24, 9-88, 9-102, 9-106LCI static starter 9-24, 9-64, 9-65low voltage rack power supply 9-34LVDT 9-154
Mmagnetic pickups 9-24, 9-125, 9-126Mark VI controller 9-2, 9-24, 9-127, 9-128mean time to repair 9-5, 9-7, 9-9Modbus (see Serial Modbus) 9-155, 9-156MTTR 9-93, 9-111, 9-162, 9-164, 9-168, 9-171
Nnetwork hubs 9-190
SSCOM 9-137, 9-138, 9-154, 9-157Serial Modbus 9-155, 9-156Simplex 9-137Standards (see Codes and Standards) 9-1synchronization 9-1system reliability 9-7
I-2 •••• Index Mark VI System Guide GEH-6421C, Vol. II
TTBAO 9-20, 9-58, 9-63, 9-64TBCI 9-20, 9-66, 9-67, 9-72, 9-73, 9-74, 9-81, 9-86, 9-
190TBTC 9-20, 9-25, 9-31, 9-32, 9-34TBTCH1B 9-32, 9-33TCP/IP 9-5, 9-7, 9-9, 9-10Terminal Boards
TVIB 9-137TMR (see Triple Modular Redundant) 9-1Toolbox 9-156TPRO 9-52, 9-62TPYR 9-93, 9-108, 9-111, 9-162, 9-164, 9-168, 9-171,
9-8TREG 9-162, 9-168, 9-171trip solenoids 9-8triple modular redundant 9-17, 9-19, 9-172, 9-180, 9-
189, 9-190, 9-192, 9-193, 9-194, 9-195Triple Modular Redundant 9-1TRLYH1C 9-110, 9-172Troubleshooting 9-1TRTD 9-116, 9-118, 9-139, 9-172, 9-178TTPW 9-188TTUR 9-121, 9-164
UUCVB 9-91, 9-165, 9-190UCVD 9-38, 9-112, 9-114, 9-139, 9-141, 9-143, 9-144,
9-145, 9-172, 9-174UCVE 9-2, 9-3UDH 9-2, 9-5, 9-7, 9-9, 9-8unhealthy 9-155unit data highway 9-20, 9-24, 9-36, 9-37, 9-38, 9-39, 9-
40, 9-41, 9-42, 9-43, 9-44, 9-45
VVAIC 9-24, 9-34, 9-35, 9-45, 9-46, 9-47, 9-56, 9-57, 9-
64, 9-65, 9-74, 9-75, 9-90, 9-102, 9-106, 9-125, 9-126, 9-127, 9-128, 9-137, 9-138, 9-154, 9-157, 9-158, 9-160
VAOC 9-131, 9-133VCCC 9-15, 9-69, 9-70, 9-71VDSK board 9-1VGEN 9-108, 9-112vibration 9-9VME 9-2, 9-12, 9-14, 9-15, 9-16, 9-20, 9-22, 9-23, 9-
24, 9-25, 9-34, 9-36, 9-44, 9-45, 9-52, 9-56, 9-62,9-64, 9-66, 9-74, 9-76, 9-77, 9-88, 9-93, 9-96, 9-102, 9-109, 9-111, 9-113, 9-122, 9-125, 9-127, 9-131, 9-137, 9-140, 9-147, 9-164, 9-166
VME rack power supply 9-15, 9-69VPRO 9-7, 9-9VRTD 9-97, 9-111, 9-139, 9-141, 9-186
VSVO 9-50, 9-51, 9-60, 9-61, 9-92VTCC 9-36, 9-47, 9-58, 9-61, 9-67, 9-70VVIB 9-1, 9-116, 9-118, 9-171
XXDSA 9-159, 9-161
�*(�,QGXVWULDO�6\VWHPV
*HQHUDO�(OHFWULF�&RPSDQ\���������������� �����5RDQRNH�%OYG�ZZZ�*(LQGXVWULDO�FRP 6DOHP��9$��������������86$